Emacs version 21.3
[emacs/old-mirror.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
blobfa459a21a73dd90354edd95f927e7bc6b009a996
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15611 31357))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
52 ;;;***
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (15611 31357))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
108 ;;;***
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (15611 31358))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
117 ;;;***
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15611 31342))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
155 name and site.
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
169 name and site.
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
209 the appropriate motion commands).
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
217 ;;;***
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15611
221 ;;;;;; 31353))
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
233 interpreted as `error'.")
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
255 will clear the cache." nil nil)
257 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
263 BODY... )
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
280 Semantics of the various flags:
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
289 advised function should be compiled.
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
304 during preloading.
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
308 ;;;***
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15611 31342))
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
315 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
325 `separate' attribute set.
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
330 on the format of these lists." t nil)
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
342 options.
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
347 Fred (123) 456-7890
348 Alice (123) 456-7890
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
350 Joe (123) 456-7890
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
356 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
361 align that section." t nil)
363 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
369 been used to align that section." t nil)
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
377 to be colored." t nil)
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
385 ;;;***
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15797 2281))
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
405 ;;;***
407 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
408 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15220 9096))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
411 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
412 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
413 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
414 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
415 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
416 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
417 in the current window." nil nil)
419 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
420 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
421 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil)
423 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
424 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil)
426 ;;;***
428 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
429 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15611 31342))
430 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
432 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
433 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
435 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
436 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
438 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
439 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
440 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
441 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
443 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
444 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
446 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
448 ;;;***
450 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
451 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15853 63299))
452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
454 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
455 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
456 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
457 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
458 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
459 \\[yank].
461 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
462 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
463 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
464 the rules.
466 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
467 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
468 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
469 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
471 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
472 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
473 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
475 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
476 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
477 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
479 ;;;***
481 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
482 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
483 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
484 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15735 20644))
485 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
487 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
488 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
489 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
490 as the first thing on a line.")
492 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
493 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
495 (defvar appt-audible t "\
496 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
498 (defvar appt-visible t "\
499 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
501 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
502 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
504 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
505 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
507 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
508 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
510 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
511 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
512 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
514 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
515 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
516 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
518 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
519 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
521 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
522 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
523 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
524 put in the appointments list.
525 02/23/89
526 12:00pm lunch
527 Wednesday
528 10:00am group meeting
529 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
530 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
531 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
533 ;;;***
535 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
536 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15611
537 ;;;;;; 31342))
538 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
540 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
541 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
543 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
545 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
546 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
547 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
548 normal variables." t nil)
550 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
552 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
553 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
554 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
555 noninteractive functions.
557 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
558 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
560 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
561 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
562 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
563 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
564 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
566 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
567 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
568 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
569 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
570 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
572 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
573 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
574 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
575 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
576 bindings.
577 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
579 ;;;***
581 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15611
582 ;;;;;; 31342))
583 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
585 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
586 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
587 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
588 Letters no longer insert themselves.
589 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
590 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
592 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
593 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
594 archive.
596 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
598 ;;;***
600 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15611 31342))
601 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
603 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
604 Major mode for editing arrays.
606 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
607 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
608 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
610 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
612 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
613 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
614 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
616 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
617 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
618 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
619 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
620 The variables are:
622 Variables you assign:
623 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
624 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
625 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
626 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
627 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
628 row numbers in the buffer.
630 Variables which are calculated:
631 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
632 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
634 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
635 take a numeric prefix argument):
637 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
638 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
639 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
640 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
642 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
643 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
644 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
645 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
647 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
648 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
649 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
650 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
652 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
653 between that of point and mark.
655 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
656 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
658 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
659 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
660 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
661 newlines inside rows)
663 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
665 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
667 ;;;***
669 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15735
670 ;;;;;; 20648))
671 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
673 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
674 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
675 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
676 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
678 How to quit artist mode
680 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
683 How to submit a bug report
685 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
688 Drawing with the mouse:
690 mouse-2
691 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
692 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
693 below).
695 mouse-1
696 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
697 or pastes:
699 Operation Not shifted Shifted
700 --------------------------------------------------------------
701 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
702 to new point
703 --------------------------------------------------------------
704 Line Line in any direction Straight line
705 --------------------------------------------------------------
706 Rectangle Rectangle Square
707 --------------------------------------------------------------
708 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
709 --------------------------------------------------------------
710 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
711 --------------------------------------------------------------
712 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
713 --------------------------------------------------------------
714 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
715 --------------------------------------------------------------
716 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
717 --------------------------------------------------------------
718 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
719 lines
720 --------------------------------------------------------------
721 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
722 --------------------------------------------------------------
723 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
724 --------------------------------------------------------------
725 Paste Paste Paste
726 --------------------------------------------------------------
727 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
728 --------------------------------------------------------------
730 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
731 or diagonally.
733 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
734 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
735 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
736 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
737 poly-lines.
739 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
740 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
741 overwrite means the opposite.
743 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
744 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
745 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
747 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
749 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
750 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
752 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
753 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
754 are currently drawing something.
756 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
757 some time to fill.
760 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
761 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
764 Settings
766 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
768 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
770 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
772 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
774 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
775 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
777 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
780 Drawing with keys
782 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
783 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
784 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
785 When erase characters: toggles erasing
786 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
787 When pasting: Pastes
789 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
791 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
793 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
794 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
795 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
796 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
797 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
798 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
801 Arrows
803 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
804 of the line/poly-line
806 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
807 of the line/poly-line
810 Selecting operation
812 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
814 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
815 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
816 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
817 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
818 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
819 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
820 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
821 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
822 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
823 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
824 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
825 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
826 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
827 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
828 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
829 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
830 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
831 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
832 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
833 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
836 Variables
838 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
839 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
841 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
842 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
843 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
844 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
845 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
846 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
847 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
848 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
849 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
850 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
851 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
852 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
853 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
854 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
855 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
856 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
857 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
858 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
859 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
861 Hooks
863 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
864 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
867 Keymap summary
869 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
871 ;;;***
873 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (15927
874 ;;;;;; 36083))
875 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
877 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
878 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
879 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
881 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
882 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
883 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
884 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
886 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
887 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
889 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
890 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
892 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
894 Special commands:
895 \\{asm-mode-map}
896 " t nil)
898 ;;;***
900 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
901 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
902 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
904 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
905 Obsolete.")
907 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
908 This command is obsolete." t nil)
910 ;;;***
912 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
913 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
916 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
917 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
918 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
919 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
920 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
922 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
924 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
926 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
927 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
928 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
929 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
930 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
931 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
932 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
933 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
934 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
935 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
937 For example:
938 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
939 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
940 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
941 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
942 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
944 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
946 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
947 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
948 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
950 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
952 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
954 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
956 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
957 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
958 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
959 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
960 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
961 &c to supply digit arguments.
963 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
965 ;;;***
967 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
968 ;;;;;; (15611 31358))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
971 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
972 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
974 ;;;***
976 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
977 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15735 20643))
978 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
980 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
981 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
982 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
984 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
985 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
986 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
987 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
989 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
990 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
991 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
992 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
993 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
995 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
997 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
999 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1000 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1001 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1002 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1004 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1005 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
1007 ;;;***
1009 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1010 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1011 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1014 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1015 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1016 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
1018 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1019 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1020 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1022 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1023 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1024 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1026 ;;;***
1028 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1029 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
1030 ;;;;;; (15611 31342))
1031 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1033 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1034 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1036 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
1037 instead.")
1039 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1040 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
1042 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1043 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1045 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1047 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1049 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1050 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1052 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1053 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1054 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1056 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1057 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1059 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1060 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1062 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1063 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1065 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1066 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1067 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1069 ;;;***
1071 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1072 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15198 34460))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1075 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1076 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1077 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1078 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1079 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1081 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1083 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1085 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1086 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1087 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1088 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1090 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1091 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1092 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1094 Effects of the different modes:
1095 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1096 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1097 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1098 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1099 a random distance & direction.
1100 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1101 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1102 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1104 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1106 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1107 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1108 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1110 ;;;***
1112 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15611
1113 ;;;;;; 31358))
1114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1116 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1117 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1118 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1119 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1120 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1122 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1124 ;;;***
1126 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1127 ;;;;;; (15251 14241))
1128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1130 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1131 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1133 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1134 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1136 For example:
1138 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1139 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1140 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1141 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1143 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1145 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1147 ;;;***
1149 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1150 ;;;;;; (15611 31342))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1153 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1154 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1155 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1156 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1158 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1159 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1160 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1161 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1162 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1163 seconds." t nil)
1165 ;;;***
1167 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15797
1168 ;;;;;; 2282))
1169 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1171 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1172 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1174 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1175 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1176 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1177 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
1178 message.
1181 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1183 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1184 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1185 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1186 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1187 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1189 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1190 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1191 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1192 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1193 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1194 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1196 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1197 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1198 BibTeX mode.
1201 Special information:
1203 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1205 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1206 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1207 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1208 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1209 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1210 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1211 current field.
1212 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1213 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1215 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1216 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1217 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1218 bibtex-entry-format.
1219 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1220 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1221 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1223 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1224 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1226 The following may be of interest as well:
1228 Functions:
1229 bibtex-entry
1230 bibtex-kill-entry
1231 bibtex-yank-pop
1232 bibtex-pop-previous
1233 bibtex-pop-next
1234 bibtex-complete-string
1235 bibtex-complete-key
1236 bibtex-print-help-message
1237 bibtex-generate-autokey
1238 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1239 bibtex-end-of-entry
1240 bibtex-reposition-window
1241 bibtex-mark-entry
1242 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1243 bibtex-ispell-entry
1244 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1245 bibtex-sort-buffer
1246 bibtex-validate
1247 bibtex-count
1248 bibtex-fill-entry
1249 bibtex-reformat
1250 bibtex-convert-alien
1252 Variables:
1253 bibtex-field-delimiters
1254 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1255 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1256 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1257 bibtex-entry-format
1258 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1259 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1260 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1261 bibtex-predefined-strings
1262 bibtex-string-files
1264 ---------------------------------------------------------
1265 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1266 non-nil.
1268 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1270 ;;;***
1272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15611 31354))
1273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1275 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1277 ;;;***
1279 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15611
1280 ;;;;;; 31357))
1281 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1283 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1284 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1285 the default is 4.
1287 What is blackbox?
1289 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1290 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1291 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1292 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1293 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1294 your score.
1296 Overview of play:
1298 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1299 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1300 four.
1302 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1303 movement keys.
1305 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1306 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1308 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1309 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1311 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1312 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1313 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1314 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1315 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1316 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1318 Details:
1320 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1322 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1323 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1324 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1325 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1327 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1328 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1329 denoted by the letter `R'.
1331 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1332 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1333 denoted by the letter `H'.
1335 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1336 example.
1338 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1339 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1340 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1341 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1342 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1343 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1344 ray.
1346 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1347 degree deflection it causes.
1350 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1351 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1352 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1353 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1354 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1355 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1356 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1357 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1360 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1361 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1365 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1366 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1367 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1368 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1369 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1370 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1371 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1373 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1374 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1375 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1376 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1377 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1378 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1379 emerging from the box.
1381 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1383 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1384 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1385 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1386 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1387 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1388 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1389 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1390 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1392 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1393 a reflection." t nil)
1395 ;;;***
1397 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1398 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1399 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1400 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1401 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1402 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15611 31342))
1403 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1404 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1405 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1406 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1408 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1409 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1410 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1411 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1412 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1413 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1415 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1417 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1419 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1421 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1423 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1425 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1427 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1429 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1431 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1433 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1435 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1437 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1439 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1441 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1442 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1443 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1444 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1445 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1446 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1447 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1448 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1449 recent one.
1451 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1452 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1453 yank successive words.
1455 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1456 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1457 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1458 name of the file being visited.
1460 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1461 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1462 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1464 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1465 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1466 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1467 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1468 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1469 this.
1471 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1472 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1473 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1474 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1476 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1477 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1478 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1479 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1480 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1482 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1483 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1484 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1485 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1487 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1489 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1490 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1491 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1492 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1494 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1495 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1496 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1498 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1499 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1500 name." t nil)
1502 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1503 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1504 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1505 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1506 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1507 this." t nil)
1509 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1510 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1511 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1512 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1513 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1514 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1515 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1516 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1518 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1519 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1520 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1522 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1523 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1524 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1525 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1526 \(second argument).
1528 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1529 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1530 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1531 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1532 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1534 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1535 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1536 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1537 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1539 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1540 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1541 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1542 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1543 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1544 while loading.
1546 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1547 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1548 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1549 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1550 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1551 explicitly.
1553 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1554 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1555 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1556 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1558 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1559 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1560 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1561 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1562 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1564 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1566 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1568 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1569 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1570 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1571 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1572 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1573 this.
1575 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1576 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1577 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1579 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1580 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1581 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1582 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1583 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1584 this.
1586 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1587 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1588 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1590 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1591 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1592 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1594 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1595 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1596 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1598 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1599 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1600 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1601 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1602 prompts for NEWNAME.
1603 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1604 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1605 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1607 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1608 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1609 name.
1611 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1612 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1613 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1615 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1616 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1617 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1618 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1619 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1620 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1622 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1623 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1624 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1626 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1628 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1630 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1632 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1634 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1636 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1638 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1640 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1642 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1644 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1646 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1648 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1650 ;;;***
1652 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1653 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1654 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1655 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1656 ;;;;;; browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1657 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1658 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1659 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-flag
1660 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1661 ;;;;;; (15853 63299))
1662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1664 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1665 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1666 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1667 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1669 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1670 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1671 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1672 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1673 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1675 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1676 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1677 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1678 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1679 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1681 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1682 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1684 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1685 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1686 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1688 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1689 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1691 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1692 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1693 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1694 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1695 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1696 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1698 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1699 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1700 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1701 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1702 narrowed." t nil)
1704 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1705 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1707 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1708 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1710 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1711 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1712 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1713 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1715 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1716 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1717 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1718 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1720 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1721 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1722 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1723 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1724 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1725 to use." t nil)
1727 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1728 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1729 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1730 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1732 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1733 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1734 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1735 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1737 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1738 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1740 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1741 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1742 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1743 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1745 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1746 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1747 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1748 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1750 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1751 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1753 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1754 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1756 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1757 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1758 program is invoked according to the variable
1759 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1761 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1762 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1763 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1764 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1766 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1767 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1769 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1770 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1771 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1773 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1774 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1775 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1776 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1778 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1779 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1780 Default to the URL around or before point.
1782 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1783 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1784 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1786 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1787 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1788 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1789 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1791 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1792 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1794 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1795 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1796 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1798 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1799 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1800 Default to the URL around or before point.
1802 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1803 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1804 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1806 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1807 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1809 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1810 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1811 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1812 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1814 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1815 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1816 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1817 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1818 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1820 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1821 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1822 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1823 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1825 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1826 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1827 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1828 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1830 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1831 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1833 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1834 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1835 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1837 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1838 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1839 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1840 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1841 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1842 current one.
1844 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1845 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1846 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1847 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1849 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1850 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1852 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1853 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1854 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1855 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1856 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1857 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1859 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1860 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1861 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1863 ;;;***
1865 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15611
1866 ;;;;;; 31357))
1867 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1869 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1870 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1872 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1873 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1875 ;;;***
1877 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1878 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15735 20643))
1879 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1881 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1882 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1883 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1884 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1886 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1887 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1888 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1889 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1891 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1892 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1894 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1895 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1896 \\<bs-mode-map>
1897 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1898 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1899 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1900 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1902 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1903 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1904 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1905 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1906 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1908 ;;;***
1910 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1911 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1912 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1913 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (15768 1742))
1914 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1916 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1917 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1918 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1920 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1921 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1922 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1923 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1925 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1926 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1927 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1928 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1930 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1932 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1933 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1935 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1936 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1937 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1938 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1939 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1941 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1942 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1943 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1944 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1946 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1947 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1948 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1950 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1951 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1952 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1953 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1954 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1955 all functions called by those functions.
1957 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1958 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1959 cons, etc.).
1961 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1962 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1963 invoked interactively." t nil)
1965 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1966 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1967 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1968 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1969 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1970 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1972 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1973 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1974 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1975 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1977 ;;;***
1979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15186 41419))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1982 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1984 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1986 ;;;***
1988 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1989 ;;;;;; (15611 31352))
1990 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1992 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1993 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1994 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1995 from the cursor position." t nil)
1997 ;;;***
1999 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15927
2000 ;;;;;; 36082))
2001 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2003 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2004 Run the Emacs calculator.
2005 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2007 ;;;***
2009 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2010 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2011 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2012 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2013 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2014 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2015 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2016 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2017 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2018 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2019 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2020 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2021 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2022 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2023 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2024 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2025 ;;;;;; (15927 36082))
2026 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2028 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2029 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2030 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2032 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2033 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2034 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2035 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2036 the screen.")
2038 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2039 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2040 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2041 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2042 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2044 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2045 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2046 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2047 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2048 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2049 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2050 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2052 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2053 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2054 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2055 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2056 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2058 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2059 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2060 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2062 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2063 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2064 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2066 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2067 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2068 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2070 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2071 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2072 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2073 displayed.")
2075 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2076 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2077 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2079 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2080 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2081 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2083 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2085 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2086 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2087 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2089 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2090 calendar.")
2092 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2093 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2094 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2096 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2097 calendar.")
2099 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2100 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2101 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2103 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2104 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2105 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2106 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2107 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2109 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2110 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2111 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2112 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2113 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2114 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2115 a function is also provided for this:
2116 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2118 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2119 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2120 date is not visible in the window.
2122 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2123 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2124 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2126 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2127 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2129 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2130 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2131 date is visible in the window.
2133 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2134 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2135 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2137 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2138 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2140 For example,
2142 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2144 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2146 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2147 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2149 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2151 MONTH/DAY
2152 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2153 MONTHNAME DAY
2154 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2155 DAYNAME
2157 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2158 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2159 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2160 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2161 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2162 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2163 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2164 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2165 respectively.
2167 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2168 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2169 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2171 DAY/MONTH
2172 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2173 DAY MONTHNAME
2174 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2175 DAYNAME
2177 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2178 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2180 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2181 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2182 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2183 window but will appear in a diary window.
2185 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2186 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2188 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2189 entries (in the default American style):
2191 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2192 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2193 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2194 21: Payday
2195 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2196 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2197 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2198 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2199 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2200 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2201 &* 15 time cards due.
2203 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2204 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2205 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2206 single diary entry
2208 02/11/1989
2209 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2210 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2211 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2212 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2213 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2214 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2216 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2217 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2218 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2220 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2222 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2224 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2225 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2226 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2227 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2228 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2229 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2230 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2231 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2232 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2234 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2235 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2236 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2237 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2238 for these functions for details.
2240 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2241 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2243 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2244 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2246 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2247 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2249 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2250 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2252 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2253 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2254 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2256 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2257 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2258 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2260 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2261 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2262 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2263 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2265 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2266 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2267 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2268 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2270 DAY/MONTH
2271 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2272 DAY MONTHNAME
2273 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2274 DAYNAME
2276 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2277 characters with or without a period.")
2279 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2280 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2281 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2283 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2284 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2285 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2287 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2288 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2289 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2291 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2292 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2293 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2295 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2296 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2297 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2298 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2299 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2300 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2302 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2303 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2304 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2306 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2307 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2308 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2309 of the form
2311 #include \"filename\"
2313 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2314 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2315 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2316 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2317 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2319 For example, you could use
2321 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2322 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2323 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2325 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2326 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2327 lexicographic order.")
2329 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2330 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2331 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2333 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2334 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2335 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2336 diary display.
2338 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2339 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2340 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2341 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2342 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2343 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2344 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2346 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2347 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2348 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2349 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2350 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2351 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2352 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2353 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2355 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2356 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2357 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2358 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2359 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2360 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2362 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2363 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2365 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2366 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2367 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2368 of the form
2369 #include \"filename\"
2370 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2371 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2372 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2373 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2374 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2376 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2377 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2378 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2379 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2380 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2381 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2383 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2384 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2385 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2386 are holidays.")
2388 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2389 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2390 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2391 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2392 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2394 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2396 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2397 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2398 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2400 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2402 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2403 *Oriental holidays.
2404 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2406 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2408 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2409 *Local holidays.
2410 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2412 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2414 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2415 *User defined holidays.
2416 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2418 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2420 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2422 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2424 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2426 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2428 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2430 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2432 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2434 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2436 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2437 *Jewish holidays.
2438 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2440 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2442 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2443 *Christian holidays.
2444 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2446 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2448 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2449 *Islamic holidays.
2450 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2452 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2454 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2455 *Sun-related holidays.
2456 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2458 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2460 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2461 The frame set up of the calendar.
2462 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2463 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2464 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2465 any other value the current frame is used.")
2467 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2468 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2469 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2471 ;;;***
2473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15611 31358))
2474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2476 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2477 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2479 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2480 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2482 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2483 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2485 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2486 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2488 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2489 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2491 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2492 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2494 ;;;***
2496 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2497 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2498 ;;;;;; (15611 31358))
2499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2501 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2503 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2504 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2505 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2506 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2507 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2508 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2510 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2512 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2513 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2514 run first.
2516 Key bindings:
2517 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2519 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2520 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2521 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2522 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2523 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2524 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2525 message.
2527 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2529 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2530 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2531 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2533 Key bindings:
2534 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2536 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2537 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2538 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2539 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2540 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2541 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2542 message.
2544 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2546 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2547 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2548 is run first.
2550 Key bindings:
2551 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2553 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2554 Major mode for editing Java code.
2555 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2556 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2557 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2558 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2559 message.
2561 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2563 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2564 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2565 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2566 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2567 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2569 Key bindings:
2570 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2572 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2573 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2574 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2575 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2576 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2577 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2578 message.
2580 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2582 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2583 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2584 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2586 Key bindings:
2587 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2589 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2590 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2591 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2592 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2593 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2594 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2595 message.
2597 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2599 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2600 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2601 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2603 Key bindings:
2604 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2606 ;;;***
2608 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2609 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15927 36083))
2610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2612 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2613 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2614 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2615 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2616 for details of setting up styles.
2618 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2619 style name.
2621 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2622 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2623 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2624 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2625 will be reassigned.
2627 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2628 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2629 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2631 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2632 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2633 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2634 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2636 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2638 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2639 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2640 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2642 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2643 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2644 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2645 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2646 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2648 ;;;***
2650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15927 36083))
2651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2653 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2654 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2655 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2656 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2657 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2659 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2660 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2662 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2663 `infodock'.")
2665 ;;;***
2667 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2668 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2669 ;;;;;; (15797 2281))
2670 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2672 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2673 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2675 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2676 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2678 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2679 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2681 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2682 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2683 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2684 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2685 execution.
2687 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2689 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2690 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2692 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2693 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2694 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2695 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2697 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2698 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2699 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2700 `write' commands.
2702 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2703 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2704 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2705 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2707 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2708 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2709 semantics.
2711 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2713 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2715 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2717 STATEMENT :=
2718 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2719 | TRANSLATE | END
2721 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2722 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2723 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2724 | integer
2726 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2728 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2729 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2730 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2732 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2733 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2734 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2736 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2737 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2739 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2740 BREAK := (break)
2742 REPEAT :=
2743 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2744 (repeat)
2745 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2746 ;; (repeat))
2747 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2748 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2749 ;; (read REG)
2750 ;; (repeat))
2751 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2752 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2753 ;; (read REG)
2754 ;; (repeat))
2755 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2757 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2758 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2759 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2760 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2761 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2762 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2763 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2764 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2765 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2766 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2767 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2768 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2769 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2770 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2771 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2772 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2774 WRITE :=
2775 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2776 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2777 ;; representation.
2778 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2779 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2780 ;; (write r7))
2781 | (write EXPRESSION)
2782 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2783 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2784 ;; representation.
2785 | (write integer)
2786 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2787 ;; buffer.
2788 | (write string)
2789 ;; Same as: (write string)
2790 | string
2791 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2792 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2793 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2794 ;; representation.
2795 | (write REG ARRAY)
2796 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2797 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2798 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2799 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2800 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2801 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2803 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2804 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2806 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2807 END := (end)
2809 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2810 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2811 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2813 ARG := REG | integer
2815 OPERATOR :=
2816 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2817 + | - | * | / | %
2819 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2820 | & | `|' | ^
2822 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2823 | << | >>
2825 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2826 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2827 | <8
2829 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2830 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2831 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2832 | >8
2834 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2835 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2836 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2837 | //
2839 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2840 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2842 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2843 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2844 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2845 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
2846 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
2847 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2848 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2849 | de-sjis
2851 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2852 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2853 ;; Shift-JIS code,
2854 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2855 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
2856 ;; (r7 = LOW))
2857 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2858 ;; byte of SJIS.
2859 | en-sjis
2861 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2862 ;; Same meaning as C code
2863 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2865 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2866 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
2867 ;; (REG |= ARG))
2868 | <8=
2870 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2871 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2872 ;; (REG >>= 8))
2874 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2875 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2876 ;; (REG /= ARG))
2877 | //=
2879 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2882 TRANSLATE :=
2883 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2884 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2885 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
2886 MAP :=
2887 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2888 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2889 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2890 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2891 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2892 MAP-ID := integer
2893 " nil (quote macro))
2895 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2896 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2897 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2898 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2899 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2900 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2902 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2903 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2904 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2906 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2908 ;;;***
2910 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2911 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2912 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2913 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2914 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2915 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2916 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2917 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2918 ;;;;;; (15735 20645))
2919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2921 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2922 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2923 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2924 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2926 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2927 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2928 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2929 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2930 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2931 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2932 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2933 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2935 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2936 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2937 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2938 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2939 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2940 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2941 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2942 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2944 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2945 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2946 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2947 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2948 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2950 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2951 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2952 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2953 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2954 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2956 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2957 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2958 Only documentation strings are checked.
2959 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2960 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2961 a separate buffer." t nil)
2963 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2964 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2965 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2966 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2967 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2969 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2970 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
2971 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2972 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2973 if there is one." t nil)
2975 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2976 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2977 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2978 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2979 if there is one.
2980 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2982 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2983 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2984 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2986 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2987 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2988 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2989 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2990 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2992 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2993 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2994 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2995 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2996 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2997 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2999 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3000 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3001 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3002 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3004 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3005 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3006 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3007 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3009 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3010 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3011 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3012 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3014 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3015 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3016 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3017 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3019 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3020 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3021 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3022 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3024 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3025 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3026 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3027 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3029 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3030 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3031 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3032 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3034 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3035 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3036 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3037 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3040 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3041 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3042 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3044 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3045 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3046 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3048 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3049 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3050 checking of documentation strings.
3052 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3054 ;;;***
3056 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3057 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15611
3058 ;;;;;; 31356))
3059 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3061 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3062 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3063 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3065 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3066 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3068 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3069 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3070 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3072 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3073 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3075 ;;;***
3077 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3078 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15611 31342))
3079 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3081 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3082 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3083 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3084 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3085 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3086 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3088 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3089 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3090 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3091 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3092 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3094 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3096 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3097 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3098 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3099 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3100 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3102 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3103 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3104 \\{command-history-map}
3106 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3107 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3109 ;;;***
3111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15611 31353))
3112 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3114 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3115 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3116 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3117 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3118 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3119 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3121 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3122 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3124 ;;;***
3126 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3127 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
3128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3130 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3132 ;;;***
3134 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3135 ;;;;;; (15251 11795))
3136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3138 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3139 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3140 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3141 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3143 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3144 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3145 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3147 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3148 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3150 ;;;***
3152 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15611
3153 ;;;;;; 31342))
3154 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3156 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3157 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3158 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3159 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3160 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3161 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3162 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3163 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3165 ;;;***
3167 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3168 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3169 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15853 63299))
3170 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3172 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3173 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3174 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3175 ASCII table.
3177 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3178 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3179 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3180 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3182 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3183 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3184 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3186 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3187 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3188 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3190 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3191 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3192 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3194 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3195 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3197 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3198 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3199 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3201 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3202 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3204 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3205 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3207 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3208 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3209 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3211 ;;;***
3213 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3214 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3215 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3216 ;;;;;; (15805 3849))
3217 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3219 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3220 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3221 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3222 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3223 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3224 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3225 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3226 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3228 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3230 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3231 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3232 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3233 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3234 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3235 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3236 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3237 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3239 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3241 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3242 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3243 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3244 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3245 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3246 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3248 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3249 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3250 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3252 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3254 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3255 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3256 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3258 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3260 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3261 Send COMMAND to current process.
3262 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3263 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3265 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3266 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3267 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3268 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3270 ;;;***
3272 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15611
3273 ;;;;;; 31342))
3274 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3276 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3277 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3278 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3279 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3281 This command pushes the mark in each window
3282 at the prior location of point in that window.
3283 If both windows display the same buffer,
3284 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3285 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3287 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3288 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3289 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3291 ;;;***
3293 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3294 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3295 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3296 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15912 2279))
3297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3299 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3300 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3302 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3303 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3305 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3306 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3307 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3308 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3309 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3311 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3312 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3313 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3314 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3315 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3317 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3318 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3319 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3320 describing how the process finished.")
3322 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3323 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3324 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3325 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3327 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3328 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3329 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3331 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3332 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3333 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3334 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3336 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3337 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3338 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3339 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3341 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3342 and move to the source code that caused it.
3344 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3345 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3347 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3348 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3349 Then start the next one.
3351 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3352 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3353 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3355 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3356 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3357 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3358 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3359 where grep found matches.
3361 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3362 easily repeat a grep command.
3364 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3365 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3366 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3367 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3369 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3370 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3371 Collect output in a buffer.
3372 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3373 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3375 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3376 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3378 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3379 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3380 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3381 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3382 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3384 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3386 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3387 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3388 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3389 See `compilation-mode'.
3390 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3392 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3393 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3394 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3395 See `compilation-mode'.
3396 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3398 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3399 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3401 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3402 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3404 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3405 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3406 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3407 and start at the first error.
3409 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3410 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3411 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3412 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3413 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3414 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3416 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3417 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3418 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3420 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3421 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3422 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3424 ;;;***
3426 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3427 ;;;;;; (15187 6158))
3428 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3430 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3431 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3432 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3434 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3436 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3438 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3440 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3441 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3442 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3444 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3445 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3446 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3447 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3449 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3450 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3451 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3452 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3454 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3455 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3456 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3457 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3459 ;;;***
3461 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3462 ;;;;;; (15611 31342))
3463 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3465 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3466 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3468 ;;;***
3470 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3471 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3472 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3473 ;;;;;; (15927 44373))
3474 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3476 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3477 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3478 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3479 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3480 `make-composition'.
3482 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3484 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3485 | | 1:tc or top-center
3486 | | 2:tr or top-right
3487 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3488 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3489 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3490 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3491 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3492 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3494 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3495 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3496 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3497 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3498 be added.
3500 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3501 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3502 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3504 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3505 | | |
3506 | global| |
3507 | glyph | |
3508 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3509 +----+--*--+
3510 | | new |
3511 | |glyph|
3512 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3515 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3516 Compose characters in the current region.
3518 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3520 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3521 specifying the region.
3523 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3524 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3526 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3527 of the text in the region.
3529 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3531 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3532 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3533 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3534 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3536 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3537 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3538 detail.
3540 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3541 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3542 text in the composition." t nil)
3544 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3545 Decompose text in the current region.
3547 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3548 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3550 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3551 Compose characters in string STRING.
3553 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3554 the characters in it.
3556 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3557 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3558 STRING respectively.
3560 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3561 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3562 `compose-region' for more detail.
3564 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3565 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3566 text in the composition." nil nil)
3568 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3569 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3571 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3572 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3573 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3574 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3575 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3576 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3577 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3578 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3580 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3581 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3583 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3584 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3586 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3587 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3589 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3590 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3592 If no composition is found, return nil.
3594 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3595 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3597 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3598 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3599 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3601 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3603 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3605 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3606 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3607 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3609 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3611 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3613 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3614 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3616 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3617 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3618 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3619 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3620 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3621 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3622 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3623 nil.
3625 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3627 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3628 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3630 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3632 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3633 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3635 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3637 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3638 Compose last characters.
3639 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3640 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3641 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3642 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3643 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3644 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3645 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3646 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3647 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3648 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3649 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3651 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3652 Convert CHAR to string.
3653 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and earlier.
3655 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3656 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
3657 vector of CHAR respectively.
3658 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored." nil nil)
3660 ;;;***
3662 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3663 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15611 31357))
3664 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3666 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3667 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3668 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3670 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3671 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3672 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3674 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3675 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3676 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3677 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3679 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3680 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3682 ;;;***
3684 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3685 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
3686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3688 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3689 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3690 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3691 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3692 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3693 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3695 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3696 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3698 ;;;***
3700 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3701 ;;;;;; (15927 36083))
3702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3704 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3705 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3706 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3707 Tab indents for Perl code.
3708 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3709 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3711 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3712 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3713 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3714 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3715 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3716 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3717 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3718 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3719 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3720 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3721 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3722 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3724 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3726 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3727 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3729 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3731 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3732 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3733 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3734 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3735 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3736 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3737 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3738 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3739 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3741 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3743 bite if angry;
3745 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3746 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3747 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3748 to nil.)
3750 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3751 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3752 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3754 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3756 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3757 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3758 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3759 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3760 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3762 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3764 if (A) { B }
3766 into
3768 B if A;
3770 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3772 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3773 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3774 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3775 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3776 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3777 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3778 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3779 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3780 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3781 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3782 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3783 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3784 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3786 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3787 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3788 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3789 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3790 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3791 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3793 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3794 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3795 man via menu.
3797 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3798 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3799 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3800 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3801 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3803 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3804 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3805 span the needed amount of lines.
3807 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3808 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3809 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3810 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3812 Variables controlling indentation style:
3813 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3814 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3815 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3816 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3817 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3818 `cperl-auto-newline'
3819 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3820 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3821 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3822 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3823 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3824 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3825 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3826 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3827 `cperl-indent-level'
3828 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3829 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3830 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3831 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3832 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3833 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3834 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3835 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3836 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3837 `cperl-brace-offset'
3838 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3839 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3840 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3841 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3842 `cperl-label-offset'
3843 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3844 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3845 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3847 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3848 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3849 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3850 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3851 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3853 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3854 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3855 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3856 \(both available from menu).
3858 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3859 column 0 is indented on
3860 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3862 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3863 with no args.
3865 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3866 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3867 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3869 ;;;***
3871 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3872 ;;;;;; (15611 31359))
3873 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3875 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3876 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3877 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3878 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3879 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3881 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3882 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3884 ;;;***
3886 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3887 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3890 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3891 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3892 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3893 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3896 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3898 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3900 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3902 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3903 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3904 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3906 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3908 ;;;***
3910 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3911 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
3912 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3914 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3915 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3916 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3917 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3919 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3920 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3921 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3922 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3924 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3925 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3926 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3928 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3929 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3930 'bob', and 'eve'.
3932 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3933 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3934 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3936 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3938 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3939 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3940 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3942 ;;;***
3944 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3945 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3946 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3947 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3948 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3949 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3950 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3951 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3952 ;;;;;; (15788 9334))
3953 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3954 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3956 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3957 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3959 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3960 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3962 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3963 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3965 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3967 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3968 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3970 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3971 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3973 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3974 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3976 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3977 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3979 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3980 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3982 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3984 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3985 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3986 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3987 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3989 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3990 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3992 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3993 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3995 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3996 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3998 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4000 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4001 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4002 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4003 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4004 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4006 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4007 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4009 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4010 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4012 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4014 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4015 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4017 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4018 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4019 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4020 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4021 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4023 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4024 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4025 version." t nil)
4027 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4029 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4030 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4031 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4033 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4034 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4035 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
4037 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4038 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
4040 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4041 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4043 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4044 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4046 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4047 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4048 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4049 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4050 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4051 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4052 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4054 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4055 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4056 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4058 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4059 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4061 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4062 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4064 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4065 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4066 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4067 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4068 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4069 that option." nil nil)
4071 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4072 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4073 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4074 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4075 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4076 that option." nil nil)
4078 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4079 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4081 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4082 File used for storing customization information.
4083 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4084 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4085 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4087 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4088 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4089 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4090 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4092 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4093 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4095 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4096 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4098 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4099 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4100 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4102 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4103 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4104 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4105 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4106 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4108 ;;;***
4110 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4111 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15611 31342))
4112 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4114 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4115 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4117 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4118 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4119 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4121 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4123 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4124 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4125 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4127 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4129 ;;;***
4131 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4132 ;;;;;; (15611 31342))
4133 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4135 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4136 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4138 ;;;***
4140 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4141 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15611 31359))
4142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4144 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4145 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4147 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4148 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4149 C++ modes are included.
4151 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4153 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4154 Turn on CWarn mode.
4156 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4157 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4159 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4160 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4162 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4164 ;;;***
4166 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4167 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4168 ;;;;;; (15611 31356))
4169 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4171 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4172 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4174 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4175 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4177 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4178 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4179 For readability, the table is slightly
4180 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4182 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4183 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4184 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
4185 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4186 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4188 ;;;***
4190 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4191 ;;;;;; (15611 31342))
4192 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4194 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4196 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4198 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4199 Completion on current word.
4200 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4201 and presents suggestions for completion.
4203 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4204 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4205 completions.
4207 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4208 then it searches *all* buffers.
4210 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4211 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4213 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4214 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4216 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4217 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4218 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4219 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4220 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4222 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4223 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4225 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4226 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4227 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4229 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4230 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4232 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4234 ;;;***
4236 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15735
4237 ;;;;;; 20647))
4238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4240 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4241 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4243 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4244 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4245 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4247 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4248 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4249 Data lines are not indented.
4251 Key bindings:
4253 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4254 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4256 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4257 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4258 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4259 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4261 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4263 dcl-basic-offset
4264 Extra indentation within blocks.
4266 dcl-continuation-offset
4267 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4269 dcl-margin-offset
4270 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4272 dcl-margin-label-offset
4273 Indentation for a label.
4275 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4276 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4278 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4279 dcl-block-end-regexp
4280 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4281 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4282 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4283 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4284 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4286 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4287 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4288 Two such functions are included in the package:
4289 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4290 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4292 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4293 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4294 One such function is included in the package:
4295 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4297 dcl-tab-always-indent
4298 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4299 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4300 margin.
4302 dcl-electric-characters
4303 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4304 typed.
4306 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4307 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4308 which words trigger electric indentation.
4310 dcl-tempo-comma
4311 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4312 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4313 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4315 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4316 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4317 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4318 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4320 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4321 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4322 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4323 dcl-imenu-label-call
4324 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4326 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4327 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4328 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4329 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4332 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4334 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4335 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4336 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4337 $ i = 1
4338 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4339 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4340 $ label:
4341 $ if i.eq.1
4342 $ then
4343 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4344 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4345 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4346 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4347 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4348 \"lined up with the command line\"
4349 $ type sys$input
4350 Data lines are not indented at all.
4351 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4352 $ endif
4354 " t nil)
4356 ;;;***
4358 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4359 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15611 31353))
4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4362 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4364 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4365 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4366 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4367 of the evaluator.
4369 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4370 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4371 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4373 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4374 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4375 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4376 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4377 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4378 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4379 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4381 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4382 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4383 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4385 ;;;***
4387 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4388 ;;;;;; (15611 31357))
4389 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4391 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4392 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4394 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4395 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4396 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4397 Upper-case letters are commands.
4399 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4400 modify it.
4402 The most useful commands are:
4403 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4404 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4405 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4406 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4407 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4408 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4410 ;;;***
4412 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4413 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15611
4414 ;;;;;; 31342))
4415 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4417 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4418 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4420 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4421 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4423 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4425 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4426 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4428 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4430 ;;;***
4432 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15611
4433 ;;;;;; 31359))
4434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4436 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4437 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4438 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4439 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4440 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4441 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4443 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4445 Customization:
4447 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4448 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4449 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4450 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4451 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4452 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4453 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4454 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4455 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4456 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4457 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4458 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4459 blank line.
4460 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4461 Directories to search when finding external units.
4462 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4463 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4465 Coloring:
4467 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4468 Face used to color delphi comments.
4469 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4470 Face used to color delphi strings.
4471 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4472 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4473 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4474 Face used to color everything else.
4476 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4477 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4479 ;;;***
4481 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15611
4482 ;;;;;; 31342))
4483 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4485 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4487 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4488 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4489 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4490 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4491 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4493 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4495 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4497 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4498 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4499 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4500 positive.
4502 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4503 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4504 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4505 any selection." t nil)
4507 ;;;***
4509 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4510 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15611 31342))
4511 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4513 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4514 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4516 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4518 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4519 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4520 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4521 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4522 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4523 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4524 hooks for the new mode.
4526 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4528 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4530 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4531 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4532 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4534 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4535 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4537 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4538 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4539 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4541 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4542 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4544 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4545 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4546 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4547 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4548 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4550 ;;;***
4552 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4553 ;;;;;; (15611 31343))
4554 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4556 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4557 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4558 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4560 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4561 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4562 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4563 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4565 ;;;***
4567 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4568 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4569 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4570 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4571 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4572 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4573 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4574 ;;;;;; (15768 20964))
4575 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4577 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4578 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4579 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4581 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4582 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4583 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4585 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4586 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4587 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4588 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4590 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4591 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4592 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4593 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4595 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4596 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4598 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4599 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4600 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4602 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4603 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4605 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4607 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4609 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4611 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4612 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4614 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4616 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4617 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4619 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4621 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4623 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4625 ;;;***
4627 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4628 ;;;;;; (15853 63299))
4629 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4631 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4632 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4633 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4634 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4635 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4637 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4638 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4639 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4641 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4642 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4643 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4644 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4646 #!/bin/sh
4647 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4648 emacs -batch \\
4649 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4650 european-calendar-style t \\
4651 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4652 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4653 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4655 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4656 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4657 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4658 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4660 ;;;***
4662 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4663 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15611 31343))
4664 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4666 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4667 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4669 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4670 *The command to use to run diff.")
4672 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4673 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4674 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4675 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4676 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4678 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4679 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4680 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4681 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4682 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4684 ;;;***
4686 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4687 ;;;;;; (15611 31343))
4688 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4690 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4691 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4692 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4693 normal diffs.
4694 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4696 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4697 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4698 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4700 ;;;***
4702 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4703 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4704 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4705 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4706 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15939 40189))
4707 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4709 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4710 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4711 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4712 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4713 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4715 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4716 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4718 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4719 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4720 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4721 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4722 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4724 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4725 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4727 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4728 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4729 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4730 always set this variable to t.")
4732 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4733 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4734 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4735 A value of t means move to first file.")
4737 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4738 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4739 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4740 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4741 are afterward marked with that character.")
4743 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4744 *Controls marking of copied files.
4745 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4746 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4748 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4749 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4750 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4751 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4753 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4754 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4755 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4756 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4758 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4759 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4760 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4761 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4763 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4765 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4766 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4767 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4768 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4770 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4771 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4772 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4773 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4774 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4775 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4776 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4777 list of files to make directory entries for.
4778 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4779 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4780 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4781 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4783 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4784 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4786 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4787 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4788 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4790 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4791 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4793 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4794 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4796 ;;;***
4798 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4799 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4800 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4801 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4802 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4803 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4804 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4805 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4806 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4807 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4808 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4809 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4810 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15827 41471))
4811 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4813 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4814 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4815 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
4816 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
4817 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4818 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4819 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4821 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4822 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4823 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4824 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4825 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4826 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4828 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4829 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4830 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4832 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4833 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4835 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4836 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4838 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4839 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4840 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4841 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4843 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4844 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4845 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4846 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4847 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4849 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4851 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4852 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4853 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4855 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4856 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4857 instead of at the end of the command.
4859 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4860 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4861 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4863 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4864 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4866 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4867 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4869 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4870 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4871 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4872 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4873 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4874 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4876 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4878 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4879 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4881 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4882 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4884 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4885 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4887 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4888 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4889 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4890 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4892 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4894 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4896 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4898 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4900 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4902 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4903 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4905 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4906 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4907 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4908 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4909 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4910 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4911 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4912 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4913 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4915 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4916 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4917 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4918 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4919 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4920 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4921 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4922 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4924 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4925 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4926 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4927 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4928 and new hard links are made in that directory
4929 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4930 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4931 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4933 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4934 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4935 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4936 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
4937 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
4938 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4940 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4941 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4943 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
4944 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
4945 file if none are marked.
4947 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4948 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4949 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4950 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4952 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4953 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4955 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4956 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4957 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4959 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4960 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4961 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4963 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4964 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4965 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4967 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4968 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4970 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4971 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4973 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4974 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4975 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4976 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4977 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4978 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4979 this subdirectory.
4980 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4982 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4983 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4984 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4985 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4986 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4987 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4988 this subdirectory.
4989 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4991 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4992 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4993 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4995 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4996 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4997 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4998 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5000 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5001 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5002 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5003 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5005 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5006 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5007 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5009 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5010 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5012 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5013 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5015 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5016 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5017 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5018 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5020 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5021 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5022 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5023 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5025 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5026 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5027 Stops when a match is found.
5028 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5030 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5031 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5032 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5033 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
5034 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5036 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5037 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5038 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5039 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5041 ;;;***
5043 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15611 31343))
5044 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5046 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5047 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5048 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5049 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5050 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5051 buffer and try again." t nil)
5053 ;;;***
5055 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
5056 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5058 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5059 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5060 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5062 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5064 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5065 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5067 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5068 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5069 " nil nil)
5071 ;;;***
5073 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5074 ;;;;;; 9615))
5075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5077 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5078 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5079 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5080 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5081 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5082 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5084 ;;;***
5086 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5087 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5088 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5089 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5090 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15611 31343))
5091 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5093 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5094 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5096 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5097 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5098 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5099 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5100 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5102 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5103 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5104 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5105 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5106 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5108 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5109 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5111 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5112 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5114 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5115 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5117 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5118 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5120 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5121 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5123 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5124 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5125 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5126 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5128 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5129 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5130 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5131 X frame." nil nil)
5133 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5134 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5136 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5137 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5139 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5140 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5142 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5143 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5144 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5145 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5147 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5148 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5149 European character display.
5151 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5152 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5153 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5154 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5156 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5157 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5158 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5159 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5160 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5162 ;;;***
5164 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5165 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
5166 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5168 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5169 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5170 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5171 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5172 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5173 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5174 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5175 Default is 2." t nil)
5177 ;;;***
5179 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15611 31357))
5180 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5182 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5183 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5185 ;;;***
5187 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5188 ;;;;;; (15761 38858))
5189 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5191 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5192 Toggle Double mode.
5193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5194 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5196 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5198 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5200 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5201 Toggle Double mode.
5202 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5204 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5205 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5207 ;;;***
5209 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15735 20647))
5210 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5212 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5213 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5215 ;;;***
5217 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5218 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
5219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5221 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5222 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5224 ;;;***
5226 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5227 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5228 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15799 61614))
5229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5231 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5233 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5234 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5235 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5236 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5238 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5239 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5240 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5241 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5242 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5243 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5244 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5245 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5246 used (see below).
5248 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5249 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5250 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5251 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5252 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5253 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5254 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5255 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5256 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5258 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5259 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5260 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5261 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5262 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5263 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5265 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5266 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5267 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5268 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5269 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5270 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5271 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5273 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5275 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5276 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5277 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5279 ;;;***
5281 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5282 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15761
5283 ;;;;;; 38861))
5284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5286 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5288 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5289 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5290 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5291 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5293 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5294 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5296 :filter FUNCTION
5298 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5299 menu displayed.
5301 :visible INCLUDE
5303 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5304 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5306 :active ENABLE
5308 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5309 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5311 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5313 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5315 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5317 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5318 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5320 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5321 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5323 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5325 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5327 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5329 :keys KEYS
5331 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5332 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5333 computed automatically.
5334 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5336 :key-sequence KEYS
5338 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5339 menu item.
5340 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5341 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5342 keyboard equivalent.
5344 :active ENABLE
5346 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5347 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5349 :included INCLUDE
5351 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5352 expression has a non-nil value.
5354 :suffix FORM
5356 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5357 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5359 :style STYLE
5361 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5362 defined:
5364 toggle: A checkbox.
5365 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5366 radio: A radio button.
5367 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5368 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5369 menu bar itself.
5370 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5372 :selected SELECTED
5374 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5375 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5377 :help HELP
5379 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5381 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5382 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5383 as a solid horizontal line.
5385 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5387 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5389 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5390 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5391 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5392 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5394 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5395 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5396 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5397 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5398 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5399 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5401 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5402 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5403 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5405 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5406 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5408 ;;;***
5410 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5411 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5412 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5413 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5414 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15279 28735))
5415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5417 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5418 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5420 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5421 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5423 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5424 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5425 it to the printer.
5427 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5428 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5429 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5430 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5432 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5433 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5434 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5436 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5437 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5438 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5439 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5441 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5443 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5444 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5445 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5447 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5449 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5450 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5452 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5453 The EPS file name has the following form:
5455 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5457 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5458 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5460 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5461 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5462 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5463 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5465 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5467 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5468 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5470 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5471 The EPS file name has the following form:
5473 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5475 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5476 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5478 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5479 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5480 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5481 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5483 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5485 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5487 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5488 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5490 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5491 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5493 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5494 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5496 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5497 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5499 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5500 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5502 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5503 Set STYLE to current style.
5505 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5507 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5508 Reset current style.
5510 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5512 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5513 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5515 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5517 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5518 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5520 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5522 ;;;***
5524 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5525 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5526 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5527 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5528 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5529 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15927 36084))
5530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5532 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5533 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5534 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5535 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5536 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5537 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5539 Tree mode key bindings:
5540 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5542 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5543 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5545 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5546 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5547 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5548 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5549 completion." t nil)
5551 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5552 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5553 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5554 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5556 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5557 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5558 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5560 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5561 Search for call sites of a member.
5562 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5563 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5564 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5565 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5567 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5568 Move backward in the position stack.
5569 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5571 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5572 Move forward in the position stack.
5573 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5575 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5576 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5578 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5579 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5581 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5582 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5583 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5584 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5586 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5587 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5589 ;;;***
5591 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5592 ;;;;;; (15611 31343))
5593 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5595 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5596 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5597 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5598 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5600 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5601 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5602 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5604 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5605 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5606 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5608 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5610 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5612 ;;;***
5614 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5615 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15186 41418))
5616 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5618 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5619 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5620 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5622 ;;;***
5624 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5625 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15797 2280))
5626 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5628 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5629 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5630 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5631 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5632 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5634 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5635 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5636 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5637 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5639 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5640 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5641 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5642 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5644 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5645 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5646 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5647 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5649 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5651 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5652 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5653 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5654 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5655 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5657 ;;;***
5659 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5660 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5661 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5662 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5663 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5664 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5665 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5666 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5667 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5668 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15611 31343))
5669 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5671 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5672 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5674 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5675 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5677 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5679 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5681 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5682 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5684 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5686 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5687 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5689 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5691 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5692 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5693 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5694 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5696 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5698 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5699 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5700 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5701 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5703 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5705 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5706 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5707 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5708 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5710 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5712 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5713 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5714 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5715 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5717 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5719 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5720 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5721 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5722 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5723 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5724 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5726 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5727 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5728 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5729 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5731 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5733 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5734 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5735 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5736 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5738 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5740 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5742 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5743 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5744 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5745 follows:
5746 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5747 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5749 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5750 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5751 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5752 follows:
5753 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5754 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5756 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5757 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5758 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5759 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5760 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5762 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5763 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5764 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5765 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5766 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5767 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5769 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5771 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5772 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5774 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5775 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5777 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5779 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5780 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5782 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5783 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5785 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5786 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5787 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5788 buffer." t nil)
5790 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5791 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5792 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5793 buffer." t nil)
5795 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5796 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5797 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5798 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5800 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5801 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5802 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5803 and don't ask the user.
5804 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5805 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5807 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5808 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5809 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5810 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5811 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5812 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5814 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5816 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5818 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5819 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5820 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5821 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5822 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5824 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5826 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5827 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5828 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5830 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5831 Display Ediff's manual.
5832 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5834 ;;;***
5836 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5837 ;;;;;; (15611 31343))
5838 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5840 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5842 ;;;***
5844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15611 31343))
5845 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5847 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5849 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
5851 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5853 ;;;***
5855 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5856 ;;;;;; (15797 2278))
5857 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5859 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5860 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5862 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5864 ;;;***
5866 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5867 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15611 31343))
5868 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5870 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5871 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5872 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5873 which see." t nil)
5875 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5876 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5877 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5878 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5880 ;;;***
5882 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5883 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5884 ;;;;;; (15735 20643))
5885 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5886 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5888 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5889 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5890 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5892 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5893 Edit a keyboard macro.
5894 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5895 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5896 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5897 its command name.
5898 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5900 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5901 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5903 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5904 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5906 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5907 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5908 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5909 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5910 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5911 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5913 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5914 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5915 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5916 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5918 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5919 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5920 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5921 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5922 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5923 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5925 ;;;***
5927 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
5928 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15735 20645))
5929 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5931 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
5932 Set scroll margins.
5933 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
5934 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
5936 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5937 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5939 ;;;***
5941 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5942 ;;;;;; (15031 23821))
5943 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5945 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5946 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5947 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5948 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5949 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5950 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5951 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5952 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5954 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5955 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5957 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5958 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5959 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5960 this value is non-nil.
5962 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5963 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5964 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5966 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
5967 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
5968 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5970 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5972 ;;;***
5974 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
5975 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15611 31353))
5976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5978 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5979 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5981 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5982 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5983 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5984 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5985 from the documentation string if possible.
5987 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5988 instead.
5990 This variable is buffer-local.")
5992 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
5993 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
5995 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
5997 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5998 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5999 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
6001 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
6002 of the mode.
6003 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
6004 the mode, respectively." t nil)
6006 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6007 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6009 ;;;***
6011 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15187
6012 ;;;;;; 6158))
6013 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6015 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6016 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6018 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6019 an elided material again.
6021 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6023 ;;;***
6025 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6026 ;;;;;; (15797 2280))
6027 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6029 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6030 Initialize elint." t nil)
6032 ;;;***
6034 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6035 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15611
6036 ;;;;;; 31353))
6037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6039 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6040 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6041 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6043 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6044 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6045 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6047 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6048 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6049 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6051 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6053 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6054 Display current profiling results.
6055 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6056 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6057 displayed." t nil)
6059 ;;;***
6061 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6062 ;;;;;; (15611 31356))
6063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6065 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6066 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6067 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6069 ;;;***
6071 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6072 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6073 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6074 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6075 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15611 31343))
6076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6078 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6080 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6082 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6084 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6086 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6088 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6090 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6092 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6094 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6096 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6097 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6099 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6100 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6102 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6103 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6105 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6106 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6108 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6110 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6112 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6114 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6116 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6117 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6119 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6120 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6122 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6124 ;;;***
6126 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6127 ;;;;;; (15611 31355))
6128 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6130 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6131 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6132 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6134 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6135 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6136 automatically.
6138 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6139 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6140 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
6142 ;;;***
6144 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6145 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15611 31343))
6146 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6148 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6149 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6150 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6151 text/enriched format.
6152 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6154 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6155 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6157 Commands:
6159 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6161 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6163 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6165 ;;;***
6167 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15611
6168 ;;;;;; 31354))
6169 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6171 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6172 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6174 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6176 ;;;***
6178 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15611
6179 ;;;;;; 31354))
6180 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6182 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6183 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6185 ;;;***
6187 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6188 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15611 31354))
6189 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6191 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6192 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6193 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6194 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6195 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6196 will begin. A new session is always created if the prefix argument
6197 ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6199 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6200 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6201 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6203 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6204 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6205 The result might be any Lisp object.
6206 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6207 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6208 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6210 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6211 Report a bug in Eshell.
6212 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6213 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6215 ;;;***
6217 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6218 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6219 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6220 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6221 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6222 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6223 ;;;;;; (15827 41472))
6224 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6226 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6227 *File name of tags table.
6228 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6229 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6230 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6231 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6233 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6234 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6235 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6236 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6238 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6239 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6240 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6241 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6242 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6243 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6245 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6246 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6247 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6248 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6249 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6250 `auto-compression-mode').")
6252 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6253 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6254 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6255 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6256 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6258 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6259 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6260 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6261 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6263 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6264 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6265 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6266 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6267 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6269 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6270 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6271 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6272 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6274 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6275 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6276 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6277 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6278 file the tag was in." t nil)
6280 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6281 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6282 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6283 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6284 without directory names." nil nil)
6286 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6287 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6288 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6289 but does not select the buffer.
6290 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6292 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6293 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6294 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6295 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6296 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6298 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6300 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6301 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6302 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6304 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6306 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6307 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6308 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6309 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6311 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6312 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6313 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6314 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6315 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6317 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6319 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6320 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6321 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6323 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6324 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6326 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6327 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6328 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6329 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6330 around or before point.
6332 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6333 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6334 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6335 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6336 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6338 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6340 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6341 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6342 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6344 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6345 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6347 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6348 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6349 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6350 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6351 around or before point.
6353 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6354 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6355 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6356 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6357 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6359 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6361 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6362 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6363 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6365 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6366 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6368 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6369 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6370 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6372 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6373 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6374 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6375 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6376 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6378 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6380 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6381 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6382 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6384 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6385 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6386 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6388 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6389 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6391 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6392 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6393 where they were found." t nil)
6395 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6396 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6398 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6399 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6400 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6402 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6403 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6405 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6406 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6408 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6409 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6410 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6411 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6413 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6414 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6415 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6416 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6417 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6418 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6420 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6421 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6422 Stops when a match is found.
6423 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6425 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6427 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6428 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6429 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6430 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6431 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6433 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6435 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6436 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6437 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6438 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6439 directory specification." t nil)
6441 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6442 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6444 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6445 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6446 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6447 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6449 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6450 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6451 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6452 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6453 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6455 ;;;***
6457 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6458 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6459 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6460 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6461 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6462 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6463 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6464 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15611 31356))
6465 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6467 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6469 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6470 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6471 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6472 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6474 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6475 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6476 language.
6478 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6479 even if the buffer is read-only.
6481 See also the descriptions of the variables
6482 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6483 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6485 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6486 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6488 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6489 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6491 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6492 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6493 language.
6495 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6496 buffer is read-only.
6498 See also the descriptions of the variables
6499 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6500 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6502 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6503 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6504 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6506 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6507 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6509 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6510 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6512 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6513 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6515 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6516 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6517 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6518 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6520 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6521 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6522 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6523 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6525 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6526 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6527 the primary language.
6529 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6530 buffer is read-only.
6532 See also the descriptions of the variables
6533 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6534 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6536 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6537 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6538 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6539 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6541 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6542 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6543 primary language.
6545 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6546 buffer is read-only.
6548 See also the descriptions of the variables
6549 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6550 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6552 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6553 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6554 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6556 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6557 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6559 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6560 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6561 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6562 3) convert the body into SERA.
6564 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6566 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6567 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6568 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6570 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6571 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6573 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6574 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6576 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6577 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6578 be 1, 2, or 3.
6580 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6581 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6582 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6584 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6586 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6587 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6589 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6590 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6591 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6593 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6594 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6596 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6597 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6599 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6600 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6602 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6603 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6605 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6606 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6608 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6609 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6611 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6612 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6614 ;;;***
6616 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6617 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6618 ;;;;;; (15797 2281))
6619 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6621 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6622 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6623 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6624 server for future sessions." t nil)
6626 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6627 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6629 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6630 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6632 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6633 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6634 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6635 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6636 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6637 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6638 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6639 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6640 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6641 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6642 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6643 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6645 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6646 Display a form to query the directory server.
6647 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6648 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6650 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6651 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6652 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6654 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6656 ;;;***
6658 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6659 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6660 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15611 31357))
6661 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6663 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6664 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6666 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6667 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6669 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6670 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6672 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6673 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6675 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6676 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6678 ;;;***
6680 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6681 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15611 31357))
6682 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6684 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6685 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6686 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6688 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6689 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6691 ;;;***
6693 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6694 ;;;;;; (15611 31357))
6695 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6697 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6698 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6700 ;;;***
6702 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6703 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6704 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15611 31359))
6705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6707 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6708 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6709 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6711 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6712 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6713 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6714 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6715 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6716 executable." t nil)
6718 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6719 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6720 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6722 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6723 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6724 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6725 file modes." nil nil)
6727 ;;;***
6729 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6730 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15611 31343))
6731 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6733 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6734 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6735 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6736 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6738 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6740 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6741 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6742 to generate such functions.
6744 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6745 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6746 beginning of the expanded text.
6748 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6749 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6750 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6751 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6753 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6755 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6756 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6757 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6759 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6760 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6761 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6762 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6763 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6765 ;;;***
6767 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15797 2282))
6768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6770 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6771 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6773 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6774 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6775 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6777 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6779 Key definitions:
6780 \\{f90-mode-map}
6782 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6784 f90-do-indent
6785 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6786 f90-if-indent
6787 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6788 f90-type-indent
6789 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6790 f90-program-indent
6791 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6792 (default 2)
6793 f90-continuation-indent
6794 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6795 f90-comment-region
6796 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6797 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6798 f90-indented-comment-re
6799 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6800 (default \"!\")
6801 f90-directive-comment-re
6802 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6803 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6804 f90-break-delimiters
6805 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6806 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6807 f90-break-before-delimiters
6808 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6809 (default t)
6810 f90-beginning-ampersand
6811 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6812 f90-smart-end
6813 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6814 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6815 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6816 f90-auto-keyword-case
6817 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6818 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6819 f90-leave-line-no
6820 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6821 f90-keywords-re
6822 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6824 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6825 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6827 ;;;***
6829 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6830 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6831 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6832 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6833 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15611 31343))
6834 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6835 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6836 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6838 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6839 Menu keymap for faces.")
6841 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6843 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6844 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6846 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6848 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6849 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6851 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6853 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6854 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6856 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6858 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6859 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6861 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6863 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6864 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6866 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6868 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6869 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6871 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6873 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6875 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6877 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6879 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6880 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6881 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6882 will not show through at all will be removed.
6884 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6886 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6887 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6889 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6890 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6891 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6893 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6894 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6895 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6896 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6897 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6898 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6899 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6900 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6902 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6903 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6904 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6905 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6906 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6907 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6908 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6909 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6911 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6912 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6913 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6914 is the menu item's name.
6916 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6917 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6919 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6920 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6921 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6923 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6924 Make the region invisible.
6925 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6926 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6928 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6929 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6930 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6931 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6933 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6934 Make the region unmodifiable.
6935 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6936 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6938 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6939 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6941 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6942 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6944 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6945 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6946 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6948 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6949 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6951 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6952 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6954 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6955 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6956 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6957 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6958 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6960 ;;;***
6962 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6963 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15611 31344))
6964 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6966 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6967 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6968 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6969 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6971 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6973 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6974 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6975 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6977 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6978 - When you save the file's buffer.
6979 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6980 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6981 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6982 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6984 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6986 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6987 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6988 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6989 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6991 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6992 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6994 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6996 ;;;***
6998 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6999 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7000 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15797 2281))
7001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7003 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7004 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7005 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7006 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7008 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7009 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7011 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7012 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7013 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7014 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7016 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7017 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7018 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7019 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7020 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7022 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7023 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7024 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7025 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7026 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7027 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7028 internally by feedmail):
7030 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7031 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7032 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7033 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7035 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7036 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7037 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7038 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7039 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7041 ;;;***
7043 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7044 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15611 31344))
7045 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7047 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7048 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7049 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7050 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7051 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7052 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7053 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7055 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7056 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7057 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7058 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7059 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7060 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7061 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7063 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7064 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
7066 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7067 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7068 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7069 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7070 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7071 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7073 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7074 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7075 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7076 Return value:
7077 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7078 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7079 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7081 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7082 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7084 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7085 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7087 ;;;***
7089 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7090 ;;;;;; (15611 31344))
7091 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7093 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7094 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7095 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7096 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7097 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7098 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7099 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7100 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7101 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7102 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7104 ;;;***
7106 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7107 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15611 31344))
7108 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7110 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7111 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7112 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7113 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7114 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7116 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7117 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7118 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7119 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7121 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7122 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7123 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7125 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7127 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7128 as the final argument." t nil)
7130 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7131 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7132 and run dired on those files.
7133 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7134 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7136 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7138 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7139 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7140 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7142 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7144 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7146 ;;;***
7148 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7149 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7150 ;;;;;; (15611 31344))
7151 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7153 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7154 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7155 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7157 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7159 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7160 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7161 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7163 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7164 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7166 Variables of interest include:
7168 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7169 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7170 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7172 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7173 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7174 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7176 - `ff-ignore-include'
7177 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7179 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7180 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7182 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7183 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7185 - `ff-special-constructs'
7186 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7187 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7188 extracting the filename from that construct.
7190 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7191 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7193 - `ff-search-directories'
7194 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7195 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7197 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7198 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7200 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7201 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7203 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7204 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7206 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7207 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7209 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7210 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7212 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7213 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7215 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7216 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7218 ;;;***
7220 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7221 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7222 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7223 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7224 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7225 ;;;;;; (15761 38861))
7226 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7228 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7229 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7231 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7232 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7233 not selected.
7235 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7236 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7237 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7239 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7240 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7242 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7243 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7244 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7245 it is one of the current buffers.
7247 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7248 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7249 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7251 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7252 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7254 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7256 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7257 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7259 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7261 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7262 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7264 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7265 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7266 not selected.
7268 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7269 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7271 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7272 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7274 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7275 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7276 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7277 it is one of the current buffers.
7279 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7280 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7281 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7283 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7284 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7286 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7288 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7289 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7291 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7293 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7294 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7295 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7297 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7298 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7300 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7301 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7303 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7304 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7306 ;;;***
7308 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7309 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15187 6158))
7310 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7312 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7313 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7315 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7316 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7318 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7319 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7321 ;;;***
7323 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7324 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15853 63299))
7325 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7327 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7328 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7330 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7331 Display FILE's commentary section.
7332 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7334 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7335 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7337 ;;;***
7339 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7340 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7341 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7343 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7344 Toggle flow control handling.
7345 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7346 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7348 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7349 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7350 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7351 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7352 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7353 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7355 ;;;***
7357 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7358 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7359 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15797 2282))
7360 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7362 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7363 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7364 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7366 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7367 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7369 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7371 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7372 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7373 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7374 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7375 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7376 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7378 Bindings:
7379 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7380 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7381 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7383 Hooks:
7384 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7386 Remark:
7387 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7388 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7389 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7391 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7392 consider adding:
7393 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7394 in your .emacs file.
7396 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7398 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7400 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7402 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7403 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7405 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7406 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7408 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7409 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7411 ;;;***
7413 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7414 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7415 ;;;;;; (15797 2278))
7416 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7418 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7419 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7421 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7422 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7424 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7425 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7427 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7428 of two major techniques:
7430 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7431 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7432 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7434 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7435 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7436 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7437 movement commands.
7439 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7440 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7441 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7442 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7443 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7444 mileage may vary).
7446 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7447 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7449 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7451 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7452 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7453 \(This is the default.)
7455 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7456 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7458 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7459 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7461 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7462 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7464 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7465 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7466 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7467 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7468 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7469 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7471 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7472 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7473 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7475 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7476 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7477 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7479 ;;;***
7481 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7482 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7483 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15735 20644))
7484 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7486 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7488 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7489 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7490 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7491 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7492 Lock on.
7493 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7495 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7497 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7498 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7499 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7500 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7502 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7503 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7505 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7506 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7508 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7510 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7511 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7512 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7514 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7516 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7517 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7518 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7519 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7520 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7521 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7523 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7524 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7526 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7527 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7529 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7530 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7531 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7533 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7534 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7536 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7537 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7538 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7540 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7541 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7542 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7544 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7545 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7547 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7548 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7549 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7550 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7551 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7552 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7553 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7554 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7555 end of the current highlighting list.
7557 For example:
7559 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7560 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7561 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7563 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7564 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7566 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7567 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7568 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7570 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7571 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7572 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7574 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7575 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7577 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7578 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7580 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7581 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7582 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7584 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7585 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7586 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7588 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7590 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7592 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7594 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7595 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7596 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7597 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7598 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7600 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7601 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7603 ;;;***
7605 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7606 ;;;;;; (15769 17153))
7607 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7609 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7610 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7611 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7612 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7613 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7615 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7616 compatibility.
7618 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7619 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7621 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7623 ;;;***
7625 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15611
7626 ;;;;;; 31356))
7627 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7629 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7630 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7631 \\<message-mode-map>
7632 key binding
7633 --- -------
7635 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7636 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7637 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7638 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7639 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7640 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7641 " t nil)
7643 ;;;***
7645 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7646 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15187 6158))
7647 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7649 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7650 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7652 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7653 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7654 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7655 C-c < forms-first-record <
7656 C-c > forms-last-record >
7657 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7658 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7659 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7660 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7661 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7662 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7663 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7664 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7665 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7666 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7667 " t nil)
7669 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7670 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7672 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7673 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7675 ;;;***
7677 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7678 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15776 19967))
7679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7681 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7682 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7683 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7684 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7685 with a character in column 6.")
7687 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7688 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7689 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7690 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7692 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7693 Fortran keywords.
7695 Key definitions:
7696 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7698 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7700 `comment-start'
7701 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7702 set this to the string \"!\".
7703 `fortran-do-indent'
7704 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7705 `fortran-if-indent'
7706 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7707 `fortran-structure-indent'
7708 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7709 (default 3)
7710 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7711 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7712 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7713 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7714 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7715 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7716 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7717 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7718 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7719 (for TAB format continuation style).
7720 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7721 indentation for a line of code.
7722 (default 'fixed)
7723 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7724 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7725 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7726 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7727 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7728 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7729 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7730 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7731 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7732 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7733 column 5. (default 1)
7734 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7735 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7736 statements. (default nil)
7737 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7738 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7739 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7740 statement. (default nil)
7741 `fortran-continuation-string'
7742 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7743 line. (default \"$\")
7744 `fortran-comment-region'
7745 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7746 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7747 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7748 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7749 as typed. (default t)
7750 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7751 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7752 (default t)
7754 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7755 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7757 ;;;***
7759 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
7760 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15195 62737))
7761 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
7763 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
7764 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
7766 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7767 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7769 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
7770 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
7772 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7773 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7775 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
7776 Compile fortune file.
7778 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
7779 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
7781 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
7782 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
7784 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7785 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7786 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7787 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7789 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
7790 Display a fortune cookie.
7792 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7793 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7794 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7795 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7797 ;;;***
7799 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7800 ;;;;;; (15187 6158))
7801 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7803 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7804 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7806 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7807 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7809 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7810 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7811 function.
7813 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7814 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7815 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7816 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7817 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7818 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7820 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7821 Each keyword should be a string.
7823 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7824 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7826 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7827 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7828 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7830 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7832 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7834 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7835 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7836 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7837 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7839 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7840 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7842 ;;;***
7844 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7845 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
7846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7848 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7849 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7850 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7851 at places they belong to." t nil)
7853 ;;;***
7855 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7856 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15611 31355))
7857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7859 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7860 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7862 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7863 Read network news.
7864 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7865 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7866 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7867 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7868 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7870 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7871 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7873 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7874 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7876 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7877 Read network news.
7878 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7879 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7880 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7882 ;;;***
7884 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7885 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7886 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
7887 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7889 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7890 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7892 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7893 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7895 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7896 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7897 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7898 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7900 \(gnus-agentize)
7902 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7903 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7904 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7906 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7907 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7909 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7911 ;;;***
7913 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7914 ;;;;;; (15611 31354))
7915 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7917 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7918 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
7920 ;;;***
7922 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7923 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
7924 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7926 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7927 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
7929 ;;;***
7931 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7932 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14862
7933 ;;;;;; 37896))
7934 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7936 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7937 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7939 Usage:
7940 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7942 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7943 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7945 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7946 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7948 ;;;***
7950 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7951 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15611 31354))
7952 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7954 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7955 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7956 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7958 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7959 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7961 ;;;***
7963 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7964 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
7965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7967 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7969 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7970 Run batched scoring.
7971 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7973 ;;;***
7975 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
7976 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15186 41421))
7977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
7979 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
7981 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
7982 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
7984 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
7986 ;;;***
7988 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
7989 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
7990 ;;;;;; (15611 31354))
7991 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
7993 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7994 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
7995 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
7996 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
7997 group parameters.
7999 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8000 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8001 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8002 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8004 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8005 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8006 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8007 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8008 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8009 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8010 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8011 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8012 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8013 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8015 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8016 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8017 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8019 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8020 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8022 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8023 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8024 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8026 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8028 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8029 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8030 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8032 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8034 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8035 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8036 existing groups are considered.
8038 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8039 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8040 returned.
8042 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8043 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8044 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8045 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8046 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8047 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8048 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8049 clauses will be generated.
8051 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8052 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8053 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8054 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8055 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8056 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8058 For example, given the following group parameters:
8060 nnml:mail.bar:
8061 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8062 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8063 nnml:mail.foo:
8064 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8065 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8066 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8067 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8068 nnml:mail.others:
8069 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8071 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8073 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8074 \"mail.bar\")
8075 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8076 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8077 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8079 ;;;***
8081 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8082 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8083 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8085 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8086 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8087 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8089 ;;;***
8091 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15611
8092 ;;;;;; 31354))
8093 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8095 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8096 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8097 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8098 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8100 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8102 ;;;***
8104 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8105 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
8106 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8108 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8109 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8110 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8111 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8112 part is ignored.
8114 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8115 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8116 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8118 ;;;***
8120 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8121 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8124 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8125 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8126 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8127 for matching on group names.
8129 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8130 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8132 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8134 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8136 ;;;***
8138 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8139 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
8140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8142 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8143 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8145 ;;;***
8147 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8148 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15735 20645))
8149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8151 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8152 Unload all Gnus features.
8153 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8154 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8155 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8157 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8158 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8160 ;;;***
8162 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8163 ;;;;;; (15273 39392))
8164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8166 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8167 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8169 ;;;***
8171 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15611 31357))
8172 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8174 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8175 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8176 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8177 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8178 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8180 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8181 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8182 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8184 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8185 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8186 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8188 ;;;***
8190 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8191 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15611 31357))
8192 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8194 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8195 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8196 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8197 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8198 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8200 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8201 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8202 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8203 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8204 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8206 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8207 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8208 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8209 or to send e-mail.
8210 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8212 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8213 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8215 ;;;***
8217 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
8218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8220 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8221 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8222 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8223 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8224 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8226 ;;;***
8228 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8229 ;;;;;; (15799 61612))
8230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8232 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8233 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8234 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8235 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8237 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8238 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8239 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8240 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8242 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8243 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8244 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8245 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8247 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8248 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8249 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8250 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8252 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8253 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8255 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8256 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8257 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8258 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8260 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8261 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8262 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8263 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8265 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8266 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
8267 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
8268 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
8269 between it and it's value." t nil)
8270 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8272 ;;;***
8274 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15611
8275 ;;;;;; 31357))
8276 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8278 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8279 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8280 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8281 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8283 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8284 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8285 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8286 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8288 ;;;***
8290 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8291 ;;;;;; (15186 41424))
8292 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8294 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8295 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8297 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8298 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8299 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8300 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8302 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8304 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8305 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8306 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8307 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8308 to be updated." t nil)
8310 ;;;***
8312 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8313 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
8314 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8316 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8317 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8318 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8319 and window listing and describing the options.
8320 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8321 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8323 ;;;***
8325 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8326 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15186 41419))
8327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8329 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8330 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8332 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8333 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8335 ;;;***
8337 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8338 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15935 39794))
8339 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8341 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8342 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8343 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8344 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8345 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8347 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8348 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8350 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8351 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8352 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8353 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8355 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8356 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8357 periods.
8359 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8360 in hexl format.
8362 A sample format:
8364 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8365 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8366 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8367 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8368 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8369 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8370 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8371 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8372 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8373 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8374 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8375 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8376 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8377 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8378 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8380 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8381 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8382 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8384 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8385 also supported.
8387 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8389 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8390 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8391 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8393 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8394 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8395 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8397 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8398 into the buffer at the current point.
8400 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8401 into the buffer at the current point.
8403 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8404 into the buffer at the current point.
8406 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8408 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8409 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8411 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8413 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8415 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8416 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8417 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8419 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8420 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8421 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8423 ;;;***
8425 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8426 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8427 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15611
8428 ;;;;;; 31345))
8429 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8431 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8433 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8434 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8436 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8438 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8440 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8441 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8443 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8444 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8445 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8446 which can be called interactively, are:
8448 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8449 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8451 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8452 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8453 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8454 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8456 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8457 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8459 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8460 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8462 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8463 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8464 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8465 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8466 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8467 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8469 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8470 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8472 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8473 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8474 Hi-lock: FOO
8475 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8476 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8477 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8478 will be read until
8479 Hi-lock: end
8480 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8482 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8484 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8485 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8487 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8488 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8489 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8490 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8492 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8494 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8495 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8497 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8498 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8499 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8500 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8502 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8504 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8505 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8507 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8508 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8510 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8512 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8513 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8515 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8516 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8517 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8518 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8519 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8521 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8522 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8524 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8525 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8526 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8528 ;;;***
8530 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8531 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15797 2282))
8532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8534 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8535 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8537 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8538 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8539 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8540 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8541 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8542 how the hiding is done:
8544 hide-ifdef-env
8545 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8546 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8547 is used.
8549 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8550 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8551 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8552 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8553 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8555 hide-ifdef-lines
8556 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8557 #endif lines when hiding.
8559 hide-ifdef-initially
8560 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8561 is activated.
8563 hide-ifdef-read-only
8564 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8565 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8567 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8569 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8570 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8572 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8573 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8575 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8576 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8578 ;;;***
8580 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8581 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15611 31359))
8582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8584 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8585 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8587 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8588 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8589 Each element has the form
8590 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8592 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8593 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8595 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8596 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8598 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8599 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8600 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8601 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8602 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8604 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8605 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8607 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8608 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8610 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8611 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8612 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8614 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8615 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8616 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8617 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8618 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8619 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8621 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8622 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8623 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8625 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8626 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8628 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8630 Key bindings:
8631 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8633 ;;;***
8635 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8636 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8637 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8638 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15761 38858))
8639 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8641 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8643 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8644 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8645 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8647 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8648 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8650 Without an argument:
8651 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8652 or passive state as determined by the variable
8653 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8654 and passive state.
8656 With an argument ARG:
8657 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8658 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8659 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8661 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8662 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8663 not displayed in a different face.
8665 Functions:
8666 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8667 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8668 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8669 buffer with the contents of a file
8670 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8671 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8672 various faces.
8674 Hook variables:
8675 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8676 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8677 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8679 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8680 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8682 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8683 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8685 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8686 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8688 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8689 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8690 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8691 shown in the last face in the list.
8693 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8694 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8695 buffer to be saved):
8697 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8699 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8700 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8702 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8703 and must not be read-only.
8705 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8706 this function is called interactively.
8708 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8709 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8710 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8712 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8713 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8714 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8716 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8717 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8719 When called interactively:
8720 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8721 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8722 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8723 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8725 When called from a program:
8726 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8727 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8728 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8729 - otherwise just turn it on
8731 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8732 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8733 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8734 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8736 ;;;***
8738 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8739 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8740 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8741 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8742 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15611 31345))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8745 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8746 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8747 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8748 or insert functions in this list.")
8750 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8751 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8753 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8754 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8756 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8757 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8759 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8760 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8762 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8763 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8764 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8766 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8767 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8768 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8769 \(as atoms)")
8771 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8772 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8773 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8774 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8775 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8777 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8778 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8779 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8780 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8781 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8782 expansions.
8783 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8784 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8785 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8787 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8788 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8789 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8790 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8792 ;;;***
8794 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
8795 ;;;;;; (15611 31345))
8796 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8798 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8799 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8800 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8801 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8802 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8804 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
8805 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
8806 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8807 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8808 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
8810 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8812 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
8814 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8815 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
8816 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8817 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
8818 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
8820 ;;;***
8822 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
8823 ;;;;;; (15098 25848))
8824 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
8826 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
8827 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
8828 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
8830 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
8832 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
8833 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8835 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8836 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8838 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8840 ;;;***
8842 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8843 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
8844 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
8846 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8847 This function is obsolete.
8848 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8849 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
8851 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8852 This function is obsolete.
8853 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8854 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8856 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8857 This function is obsolete.
8858 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8859 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8861 ;;;***
8863 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8864 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15735 20644))
8865 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8867 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8868 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8869 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
8871 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
8872 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
8873 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
8875 ;;;***
8877 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
8878 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
8880 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
8881 Major mode for editing Icon code.
8882 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
8883 Tab indents for Icon code.
8884 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
8885 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
8886 \\{icon-mode-map}
8887 Variables controlling indentation style:
8888 icon-tab-always-indent
8889 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
8890 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
8891 icon-auto-newline
8892 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
8893 inserted in Icon code.
8894 icon-indent-level
8895 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
8896 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
8897 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
8898 icon-continued-statement-offset
8899 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
8900 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
8901 icon-continued-brace-offset
8902 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
8903 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
8904 icon-brace-offset
8905 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
8906 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
8907 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
8908 this far to the right of the start of its line.
8910 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
8911 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8913 ;;;***
8915 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
8916 ;;;;;; (15853 63299))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
8919 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
8920 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
8921 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
8922 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
8924 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
8925 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
8926 separate frames.
8928 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
8930 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
8931 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
8932 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
8934 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8936 ;;;***
8938 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
8939 ;;;;;; (15761 38863))
8940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
8942 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
8943 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
8945 The main features of this mode are
8947 1. Indentation and Formatting
8948 --------------------------
8949 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
8950 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
8952 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
8953 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
8954 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
8955 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
8957 Comments are indented as follows:
8959 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
8960 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
8961 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
8963 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
8965 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
8966 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
8967 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
8968 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
8969 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
8971 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
8972 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
8973 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
8975 2. Routine Info
8976 ------------
8977 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
8978 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
8979 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
8980 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
8981 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
8982 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
8983 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
8985 3. Online IDL Help
8986 ---------------
8987 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
8988 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
8989 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
8990 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
8991 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
8993 4. Completion
8994 ----------
8995 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
8996 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
8997 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
8998 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
8999 mixed or upper case.
9001 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9002 --------------------------------
9003 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9004 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9006 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9007 \\fu FUNCTION template
9008 \\c CASE statement template
9009 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9010 \\f FOR loop template
9011 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9012 \\w WHILE loop template
9013 \\i IF statement template
9014 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9015 \\b BEGIN
9017 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9018 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9020 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9021 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9022 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9024 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9025 -------------------------
9026 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9027 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9029 7. Automatic END completion
9030 ------------------------
9031 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9032 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9034 8. Hooks
9035 -----
9036 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9037 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9039 9. Documentation and Customization
9040 -------------------------------
9041 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9042 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9043 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9044 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9045 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9047 10.Keybindings
9048 -----------
9049 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9050 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9051 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9053 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9055 ;;;***
9057 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15611 31345))
9058 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9059 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9061 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9062 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9063 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9065 ;;;***
9067 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9068 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9069 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15611 31345))
9070 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9072 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9073 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9074 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9075 be determined." nil nil)
9077 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9078 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9079 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9080 be determined." nil nil)
9082 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9083 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9084 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9086 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9087 Create an image.
9088 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9089 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9090 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9091 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9092 use its file extension as image type.
9093 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9094 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9095 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9096 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9098 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9099 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9100 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9101 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9102 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9103 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9104 POS may be an integer or marker.
9105 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9106 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9107 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9108 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9110 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9111 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9112 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9113 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9114 defaulted if you omit it.
9115 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9116 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9117 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9118 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9120 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9121 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9122 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9123 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9125 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9126 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9128 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9130 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9131 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9132 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9133 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9134 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9135 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9136 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9137 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9138 satisfied.
9140 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9142 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9143 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9145 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9146 documentation string.
9148 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9149 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9150 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9151 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9152 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9153 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9154 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9155 define SYMBOL.
9157 Example:
9159 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9160 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9162 ;;;***
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9165 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9166 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15611 31345))
9167 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9169 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\
9170 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9171 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9172 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9174 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9175 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9176 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9177 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9179 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9180 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9181 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9182 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9184 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9185 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9186 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9187 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9189 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9190 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9192 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9193 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9194 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9195 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9197 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9198 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9199 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9200 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9201 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9203 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9205 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9207 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9208 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9209 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9210 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9212 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9213 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9214 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9216 ;;;***
9218 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9219 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15611 31345))
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9222 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9223 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9225 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9227 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9228 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9229 in the buffer.
9231 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9233 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9234 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9235 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9237 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9238 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9240 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9241 to create a buffer index.
9243 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9244 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9245 or like this:
9246 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9247 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9248 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9249 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9250 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9252 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9253 entries are not nested.
9255 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9256 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9257 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9258 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9260 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9261 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9263 The variable is buffer-local.
9265 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9266 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9267 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9269 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9270 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
9271 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
9272 during matching.")
9274 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9276 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9277 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9279 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9280 of the current buffer as an alist.
9282 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9283 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9284 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9285 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9286 if it is a sub-alist.
9288 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9290 The variable is buffer-local.")
9292 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9294 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9295 Function for finding the next index position.
9297 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9298 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9299 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9300 file.
9302 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9303 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9305 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9307 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9309 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9310 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9312 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9313 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9314 It should return the name for that index item.
9316 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9318 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9320 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9321 Function to compare string with index item.
9323 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9324 non-nil if they match.
9326 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9327 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9328 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9329 arguments match\".
9331 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9333 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9335 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9336 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9337 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9339 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9341 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
9343 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9345 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9346 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9347 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9348 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9350 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9351 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9353 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9355 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9356 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9357 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9358 for more information." t nil)
9360 ;;;***
9362 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9363 ;;;;;; (15735 20647))
9364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9366 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9367 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9368 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9369 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9370 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9372 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9373 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9375 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9376 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9377 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9378 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9379 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9380 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9381 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9382 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9384 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
9385 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9386 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
9387 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9388 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9390 This variable is only used if the variable
9391 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9393 More precise choices:
9394 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
9395 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
9396 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
9398 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9400 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9401 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9403 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9404 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9405 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9406 to that buffer.
9407 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9408 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9409 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9410 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9411 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9413 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9415 ;;;***
9417 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9418 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9419 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15611 31345))
9420 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9422 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9423 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9424 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9426 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9427 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9428 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9429 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9430 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9431 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9433 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9434 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9436 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9437 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9438 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9440 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9441 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9442 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9443 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9445 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9446 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9448 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9449 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9450 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9451 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9452 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9454 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9455 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
9456 KEY is a string.
9457 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9458 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9459 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9460 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9462 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9463 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9464 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9466 ;;;***
9468 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9469 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9470 ;;;;;; (15792 45955))
9471 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9473 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9474 Throw away all cached data.
9475 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9476 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9477 system." t nil)
9479 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9480 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9481 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9482 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9483 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9484 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9486 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9488 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9489 Display the documentation of a file.
9490 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9491 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9492 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9493 The default file name is the one found at point.
9495 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9497 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9498 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9500 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9501 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9503 ;;;***
9505 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9506 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15186 41418))
9507 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9509 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9510 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9512 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9513 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9514 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9516 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9517 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9518 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9520 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9521 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9522 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9523 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9525 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9526 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9527 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9529 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9530 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9531 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9532 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9533 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9535 ;;;***
9537 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9538 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9539 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
9540 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9542 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9543 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9545 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9546 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9548 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9550 ;;;***
9552 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9553 ;;;;;; (15611 31355))
9554 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9556 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9557 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9558 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9559 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9560 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9561 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9563 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9564 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9566 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9567 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9568 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9569 \"s gives German sharp s.
9570 /a gives a with ring.
9571 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9572 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9573 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9574 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9576 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9577 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9579 ;;;***
9581 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9582 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9583 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9584 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15187 6159))
9585 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9587 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9588 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9589 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9590 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9592 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9593 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9594 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9595 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9597 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9598 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9599 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9600 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9602 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9603 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9604 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9605 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9607 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9608 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9609 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9610 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9612 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9613 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9614 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9615 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9617 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9618 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9619 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9620 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9622 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9623 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9624 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9625 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9627 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9628 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9629 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9630 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9632 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9633 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9635 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9636 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9638 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9639 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9641 ;;;***
9643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9644 ;;;;;; (15611 31355))
9645 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9646 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9647 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9648 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9650 ;;;***
9652 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9653 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9654 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9655 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
9656 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
9657 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15611 31360))
9658 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9660 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9661 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9663 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9664 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9666 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9667 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9669 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9670 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9671 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9672 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9674 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9675 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9676 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9678 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9680 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9682 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9684 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
9686 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
9688 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
9690 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9691 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9693 Each element of this list is also a list:
9695 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9696 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9698 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9699 nil means the default dictionary.
9701 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9702 word.
9704 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9706 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9707 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9708 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9709 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9710 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9711 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9712 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9713 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9714 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9716 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9717 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9718 single word.
9720 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9721 subprocess.
9723 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9724 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9725 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9726 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9727 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9728 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9729 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9730 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9732 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9734 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9735 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9736 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9738 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9739 Key map for ispell menu.")
9741 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9742 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9743 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9744 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9746 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9748 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9750 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9752 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9754 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9756 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9757 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9758 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9759 Valid forms include:
9760 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9761 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9762 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9763 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9765 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9766 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9767 First list is used raw.
9768 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9770 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9771 for skipping in latex mode.")
9773 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9775 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9776 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9777 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9778 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9780 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9781 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9782 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9783 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9784 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9786 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9787 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9789 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9791 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9792 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9794 return values:
9795 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9796 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9797 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9798 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9799 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9801 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
9802 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
9803 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
9805 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9806 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9808 Selections are:
9810 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
9811 SPC: Accept word this time.
9812 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
9813 `a': Accept word for this session.
9814 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
9815 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
9816 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
9817 `?': Show these commands.
9818 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
9819 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
9820 the aborted check to be completed later.
9821 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
9822 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
9823 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
9824 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
9825 `C-l': redraws screen
9826 `C-r': recursive edit
9827 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
9829 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
9830 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
9831 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
9833 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
9834 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
9835 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
9837 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
9839 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
9841 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
9842 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
9843 Return nil if spell session is quit,
9844 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
9846 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
9847 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
9849 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
9850 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
9852 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
9853 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
9855 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
9856 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
9857 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
9858 sequence inside of a word.
9860 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
9862 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
9863 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
9865 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
9866 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
9867 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
9868 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
9870 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
9871 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
9872 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
9873 available on the net." t nil)
9875 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
9876 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
9877 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
9879 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
9880 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
9882 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
9883 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
9885 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
9886 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
9887 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
9888 Don't check included messages.
9890 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
9891 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
9892 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
9894 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
9895 in your .emacs file:
9896 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
9897 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
9898 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
9899 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
9901 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
9902 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
9903 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
9905 ;;;***
9907 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
9908 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
9909 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
9910 ;;;;;; (15611 31345))
9911 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
9913 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
9914 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
9915 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9916 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
9918 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9920 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
9922 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9923 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9924 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9925 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9926 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9927 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
9929 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
9930 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
9931 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
9932 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
9934 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
9936 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9937 Switch to another buffer.
9939 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
9940 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
9941 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9942 in another frame.
9943 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9945 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
9946 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9947 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9948 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9950 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9951 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9952 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9953 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9955 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
9956 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9957 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9958 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9960 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
9961 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
9962 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
9963 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
9964 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
9966 ;;;***
9968 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
9969 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
9970 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
9971 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15988 62792))
9972 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
9974 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
9976 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
9977 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
9978 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9979 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9980 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
9981 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
9982 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
9983 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
9985 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
9986 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
9987 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9988 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9990 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
9991 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
9992 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9993 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9994 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
9996 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
9997 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
9998 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9999 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10001 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
10002 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
10003 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
10004 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
10006 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
10007 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
10009 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10010 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
10011 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10012 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10013 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
10015 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10016 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
10017 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10018 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10019 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
10021 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
10022 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10023 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
10025 ;;;***
10027 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15611
10028 ;;;;;; 31345))
10029 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10031 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10032 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10033 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10034 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10035 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10037 ;;;***
10039 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10040 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15735 20644))
10041 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10043 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10044 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10045 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10046 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10047 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10049 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10051 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10053 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10054 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10055 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10056 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10058 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10059 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10061 ;;;***
10063 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10064 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
10065 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10067 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10068 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10069 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10071 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10072 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10073 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10074 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10075 shorter.
10077 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10078 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10079 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10081 ;;;***
10083 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15186
10084 ;;;;;; 41421))
10085 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10087 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10088 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10089 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10090 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10091 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10092 positions that contains the current selection.")
10094 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10095 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10096 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10097 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10098 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10099 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10100 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10102 ;;;***
10104 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10105 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15186 41422))
10106 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10108 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10109 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10110 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10112 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10114 ;;;***
10116 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10117 ;;;;;; (15611 31357))
10118 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10120 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10122 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10123 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10125 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10127 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10128 Start or resume an Lm game.
10129 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10130 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10132 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10133 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10134 none / 1 | yes | no
10135 2 | yes | yes
10136 3 | no | yes
10137 4 | no | no
10139 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10140 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10141 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10143 ;;;***
10145 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
10146 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
10147 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15611 31356))
10148 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10150 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10152 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10153 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10154 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10155 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10156 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10157 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10159 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10160 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10162 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10163 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10165 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10166 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10167 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10168 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10169 to compose.
10171 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10173 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10175 ;;;***
10177 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
10178 ;;;;;; (15611 31355))
10179 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10181 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10182 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10183 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10184 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10185 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10186 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10187 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10188 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10190 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10191 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10193 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10195 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10197 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10198 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10199 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10200 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10201 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
10203 ;;;***
10205 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10206 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15611 31345))
10207 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10209 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10210 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10211 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10212 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10214 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10216 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10218 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10219 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10220 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10221 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10222 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10223 for large buffers.
10225 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10226 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10227 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10228 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10229 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10231 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10232 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10233 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10234 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10235 slow to keep up with your typing.
10237 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10238 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10239 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10240 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10241 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10242 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10244 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10245 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10246 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10247 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10249 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10250 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10251 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10252 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10254 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10255 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10256 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10257 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10258 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10260 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10261 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10263 ;;;***
10265 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10266 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
10267 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10269 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10270 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10272 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10273 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10275 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10276 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10278 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10279 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10280 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10281 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10282 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10283 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10284 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10285 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10286 and transmit saved text.
10287 \\{ledit-mode-map}
10288 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10289 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10291 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10293 ;;;***
10295 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15020 64776))
10296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10298 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10299 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10300 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10301 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10302 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10304 ;;;***
10306 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
10307 ;;;;;; 14322))
10308 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10310 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10311 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10312 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10313 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10315 ;;;***
10317 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10318 ;;;;;; (15611 31351))
10319 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10321 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10322 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10323 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10325 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10326 Run the locate command with a filter.
10328 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10329 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10331 ;;;***
10333 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15611 31351))
10334 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10336 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10337 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10338 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10339 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10340 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10341 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10342 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10343 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10344 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10345 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10346 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10347 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10348 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10350 ;;;***
10352 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15915
10353 ;;;;;; 55170))
10354 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10356 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10357 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10359 ;;;***
10361 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10362 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15186
10363 ;;;;;; 41418))
10364 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10366 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
10368 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
10370 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
10371 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10372 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10374 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10375 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10377 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10378 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
10379 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
10380 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
10381 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
10382 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10383 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
10385 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10386 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10387 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10388 switch on this list.
10389 See `lpr-command'.")
10391 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10392 *Name of program for printing a file.
10394 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10395 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10396 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10397 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10398 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10399 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10400 argument.")
10402 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10403 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10404 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10405 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10407 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10408 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10410 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10411 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10412 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10413 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10415 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10416 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10418 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10419 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10421 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10422 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10423 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10424 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10426 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10427 Paginate and print the region contents.
10429 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10430 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10431 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10432 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10434 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10435 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10437 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10438 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10440 ;;;***
10442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15853 63299))
10443 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10445 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
10447 ;;;***
10449 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15186
10450 ;;;;;; 41419))
10451 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10453 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10454 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10455 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10457 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10459 ;;;***
10461 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15768
10462 ;;;;;; 1743))
10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10465 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10466 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10467 \\{m4-mode-map}
10468 " t nil)
10470 ;;;***
10472 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10473 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15186 41418))
10474 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10476 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10477 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10478 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10479 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10480 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10482 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10483 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10484 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10485 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10487 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10488 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10489 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10490 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10491 bindings.
10493 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10494 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10496 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10497 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10498 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10499 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10500 each time the macro executes.
10501 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10502 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10503 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10504 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10505 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10506 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10507 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10509 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10510 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10511 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10513 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10514 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10515 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10516 execute.
10518 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10519 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10521 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10522 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10523 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10524 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10525 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10527 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10528 looked like this:
10530 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10531 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10532 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10534 You could enter the names in this format:
10540 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10542 \\C-x (
10543 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10544 \\C-x )
10546 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10547 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10548 " t nil)
10549 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10551 ;;;***
10553 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10554 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15797 2281))
10555 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10557 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10558 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10559 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10560 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10562 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10563 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10564 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10565 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10566 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10568 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10569 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10570 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10571 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10573 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10574 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10576 ;;;***
10578 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10579 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10580 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
10581 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10583 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10584 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10586 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10588 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10589 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10591 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10592 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10593 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10594 message.
10596 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10598 ;;;***
10600 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10601 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10602 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15611
10603 ;;;;;; 31356))
10604 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10606 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10607 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10608 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10609 often correct parser.")
10611 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10613 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10614 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10615 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10616 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10618 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10619 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10620 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10621 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10623 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10624 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10625 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10626 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10628 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10629 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10630 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10631 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10632 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10633 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10635 ;;;***
10637 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10638 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15611 31356))
10639 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10641 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10642 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10644 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10645 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10646 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10648 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10649 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10650 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10652 ;;;***
10654 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10655 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15611
10656 ;;;;;; 31356))
10657 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10659 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10660 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10661 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10662 king@grassland.com
10663 If `parens', they look like:
10664 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10665 If `angles', they look like:
10666 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10668 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10669 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10670 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10671 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10672 their `Resent-' variants.
10674 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10675 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10677 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10678 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10679 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10681 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10682 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10683 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10684 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10686 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10687 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10688 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10689 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10691 ;;;***
10693 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10694 ;;;;;; (15611 31360))
10695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10697 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10698 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10699 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10701 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10703 In the browser, use the following keys:
10705 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10707 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10709 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10710 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10712 makefile-target-colon:
10713 The string that gets appended to all target names
10714 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10715 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10717 makefile-macro-assign:
10718 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10719 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10720 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10721 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10722 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10723 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10725 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10726 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10727 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10729 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10730 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10732 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10733 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10734 up or down in the browser.
10736 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10737 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10739 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10740 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10742 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10743 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10744 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10745 has been selected in the browser.
10747 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10748 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10749 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10750 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10751 filenames are omitted.
10753 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10754 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10755 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10756 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10757 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10758 the backslash itself intact.
10759 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10760 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10762 makefile-browser-hook:
10763 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10764 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10766 makefile-special-targets-list:
10767 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10768 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10769 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10771 ;;;***
10773 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10774 ;;;;;; 28917))
10775 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10777 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10778 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10779 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10781 ;;;***
10783 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15792 45957))
10784 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10786 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10788 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10789 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10790 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10791 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10792 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10793 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10794 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10796 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10797 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
10798 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
10799 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
10801 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10802 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10804 ;;;***
10806 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10807 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
10808 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
10809 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
10810 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
10811 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
10812 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
10813 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
10814 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
10815 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15611 31355))
10816 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
10818 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
10819 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
10821 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
10822 king@grassland.com
10823 If `parens', they look like:
10824 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10825 If `angles', they look like:
10826 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
10828 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
10829 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
10831 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
10832 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
10834 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
10835 *Local news organization file.")
10837 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
10838 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
10839 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
10840 variable `mail-header-separator'.
10842 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
10843 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
10844 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
10846 See also `send-mail-function'.")
10848 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
10849 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
10851 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
10852 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
10854 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
10855 *Function for citing an original message.
10856 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
10857 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
10858 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
10860 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
10861 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
10862 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
10863 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
10864 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
10866 (defvar message-signature t "\
10867 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
10868 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
10869 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
10870 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
10872 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
10873 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
10874 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
10875 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
10877 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10879 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
10880 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
10881 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
10882 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
10883 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
10884 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
10885 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
10886 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
10887 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
10888 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
10889 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
10890 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
10891 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
10892 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
10893 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
10894 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
10895 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
10896 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
10897 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
10898 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
10899 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
10900 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
10901 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
10902 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
10903 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
10905 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
10906 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10907 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
10909 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
10910 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10912 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
10913 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
10915 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
10916 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
10918 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
10919 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
10920 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
10922 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
10923 Cancel an article you posted.
10924 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
10926 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
10927 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
10928 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
10929 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
10931 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
10932 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
10934 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
10935 Forward the current message via mail.
10936 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
10937 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
10939 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
10941 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
10943 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
10944 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
10946 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
10947 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
10949 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
10950 Re-mail the current message.
10951 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
10952 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
10953 you." t nil)
10955 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
10956 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
10958 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
10959 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
10961 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
10962 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10964 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
10965 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10967 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
10968 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
10969 Works by overstriking characters.
10970 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10971 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10973 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
10974 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
10975 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10976 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10978 ;;;***
10980 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
10981 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
10982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
10984 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10985 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
10986 Special commands:
10987 \\{meta-mode-map}
10989 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
10990 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10992 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10993 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
10994 Special commands:
10995 \\{meta-mode-map}
10997 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
10998 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11000 ;;;***
11002 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
11003 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
11004 ;;;;;; (14862 37898))
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
11007 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
11008 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11009 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11011 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
11012 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11013 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11014 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11015 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11016 redisplayed as output is inserted.
11017 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11019 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
11020 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
11021 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11022 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11023 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11024 means current).
11025 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11026 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11028 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
11029 Process current region through 'metamail'.
11030 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11031 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11032 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11033 means current).
11034 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11035 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11037 ;;;***
11039 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11040 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15611 31356))
11041 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11043 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11044 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11045 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11046 to the MH mail system.
11048 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11050 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11051 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11052 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11053 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11054 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11055 that want to create a mail buffer.
11056 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11058 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11059 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11060 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11061 to the MH mail system.
11063 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11065 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11066 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11067 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11068 using the MH mail handling system.
11069 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11070 messages.
11072 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11074 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11076 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11077 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11078 the yanked message.
11080 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11081 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11082 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11083 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11084 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11086 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11087 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11088 inserted in a draft letter.
11090 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11091 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11093 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11095 ;;;***
11097 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15611
11098 ;;;;;; 31356))
11099 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11101 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11102 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11103 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11104 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11106 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11107 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11109 ;;;***
11111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15186 41422))
11112 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11114 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11115 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
11117 ;;;***
11119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15611 31356))
11120 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
11122 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11124 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11126 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11128 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11130 ;;;***
11132 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
11133 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15186 41418))
11134 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
11136 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
11137 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
11138 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
11139 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
11140 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
11141 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
11142 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
11143 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
11144 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
11145 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
11146 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
11148 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
11149 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
11150 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
11151 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
11153 ;;;***
11155 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
11156 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15611 31351))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
11159 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
11160 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
11161 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11162 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11163 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
11165 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11167 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
11169 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
11170 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode
11171 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
11172 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11173 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11174 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11175 default indication.
11177 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11178 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11180 ;;;***
11182 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
11183 ;;;;;; (15186 41419))
11184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
11186 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
11187 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
11189 ;;;***
11191 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11192 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
11193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11195 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11196 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11197 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11198 the entire message.
11199 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11201 ;;;***
11203 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
11204 ;;;;;; (15216 151))
11205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
11207 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
11208 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
11210 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
11211 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
11213 ;;;***
11215 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11216 ;;;;;; (15186 41424))
11217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11219 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11220 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11221 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11222 followed by the first character of the construct.
11223 \\<m2-mode-map>
11224 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
11225 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
11226 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
11227 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11228 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11229 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11230 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11231 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11232 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11233 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11234 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11235 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11236 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11237 \\[m2-link] link
11239 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11240 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11241 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11243 ;;;***
11245 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11246 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11249 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11250 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11252 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11253 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11255 ;;;***
11257 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15611
11258 ;;;;;; 31351))
11259 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11261 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11262 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11263 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11264 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11266 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11268 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11270 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11272 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11273 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11274 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11275 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11276 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11277 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11279 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11280 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11281 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11282 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11283 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11285 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11286 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
11288 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11289 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11291 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11293 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11294 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11295 primary selection and region." t nil)
11297 ;;;***
11299 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15611 31357))
11300 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11302 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11303 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11305 ;;;***
11307 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15611 31351))
11308 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11310 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11311 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
11312 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11313 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11314 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11316 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11318 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11320 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11321 Toggle Msb mode.
11322 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11323 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11324 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11326 ;;;***
11328 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
11329 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
11330 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11331 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11332 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11333 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15769 18229))
11334 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11336 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11337 Display a list of all character sets.
11339 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
11340 for internal Emacs use.
11342 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
11343 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
11344 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
11345 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11346 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11348 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
11349 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
11350 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
11351 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11353 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11354 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11356 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11357 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11358 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11359 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11360 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11362 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11363 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11364 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11365 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11366 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11368 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11369 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
11371 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11372 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
11374 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
11375 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
11376 POS defaults to point.
11377 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
11378 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
11379 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
11381 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11382 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11384 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11385 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11387 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
11388 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11389 at the place of `..':
11390 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11391 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11392 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11393 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11394 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11395 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11396 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11397 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11398 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11399 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11400 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11401 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11402 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11403 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11404 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11405 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11407 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11408 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11410 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11411 Display a list of all coding systems.
11412 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11414 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11415 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11417 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11418 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11420 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11421 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11423 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11424 Display information of FONTSET.
11425 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11427 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11428 Display a list of all fontsets.
11429 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11430 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11431 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11433 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11434 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11436 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11437 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11439 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11440 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11441 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11442 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11444 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
11445 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
11446 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11448 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
11449 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
11450 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11452 ;;;***
11454 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11455 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11456 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11457 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11458 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11459 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11460 ;;;;;; (15611 31356))
11461 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11463 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11464 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11465 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11467 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11468 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
11470 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11471 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
11473 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11474 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11476 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11477 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11478 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
11479 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
11480 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
11482 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
11483 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
11484 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
11485 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
11486 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
11488 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11489 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
11491 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11493 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11494 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11496 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11497 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11498 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11500 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11501 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11502 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11504 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11505 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11506 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11507 is considered.
11508 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11509 longer than KEYSEQ.
11510 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11512 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11513 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11514 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11515 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11516 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11517 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11518 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11519 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11520 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11521 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11522 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11524 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11525 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11527 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11528 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11530 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11531 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11533 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11534 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11536 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11537 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11539 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11540 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11541 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11542 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11544 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11545 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11546 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11547 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11549 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11550 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11551 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11552 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11554 ;;;***
11556 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11557 ;;;;;; (15611 31351))
11558 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11560 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11561 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
11562 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11563 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11564 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11566 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11568 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11570 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11571 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11572 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11573 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11575 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11576 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11578 ;;;***
11580 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11581 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11582 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11583 ;;;;;; (15611 31357))
11584 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11586 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11587 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11589 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11590 Ping HOST.
11591 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11592 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11594 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11595 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11597 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11599 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11600 Run netstat program." t nil)
11602 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11603 Run the arp program." t nil)
11605 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11606 Run the route program." t nil)
11608 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11609 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11611 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11612 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11614 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11615 Run dig program." t nil)
11617 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11618 Run ftp program." t nil)
11620 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11621 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11623 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11624 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11625 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11626 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11628 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11630 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11631 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11633 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11634 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11636 ;;;***
11638 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11639 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11640 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
11641 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
11642 ;;;;;; (15611 31351))
11643 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11645 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11647 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11649 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11651 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11653 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11655 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11656 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11657 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11658 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11659 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11661 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11662 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11664 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11665 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11666 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11667 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11669 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11670 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11672 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11673 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11674 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11676 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11677 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11678 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11679 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11680 column indentation or nil.
11681 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11683 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11684 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11685 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11687 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11688 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11689 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11690 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11692 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11693 makes the comment easier to read. Default is \" \". nil means 0.")
11695 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11696 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11697 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11699 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11700 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11702 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11703 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11704 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
11706 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11707 Set the comment column based on point.
11708 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11709 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11710 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11711 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11713 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11714 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11715 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11717 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11718 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11719 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11720 comment markers." t nil)
11722 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11723 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11724 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11725 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11726 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11727 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11728 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11729 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11731 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11732 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11734 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11735 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11736 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11737 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
11738 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11739 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11740 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11741 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11743 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11744 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11745 This indents the body of the continued comment
11746 under the previous comment line.
11748 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11749 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11750 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11752 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11753 or comment indentation.
11755 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11756 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11758 ;;;***
11760 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
11761 ;;;;;; 32485))
11762 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11764 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11765 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11766 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11767 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11768 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11769 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11771 ;;;***
11773 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11774 ;;;;;; (15611 31355))
11775 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11777 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11778 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11779 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11781 ;;;***
11783 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11784 ;;;;;; (14859 52340))
11785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11787 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11788 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11789 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11791 ;;;***
11793 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11794 ;;;;;; (15611 31355))
11795 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11797 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11798 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11800 ;;;***
11802 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11803 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 27653))
11804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11806 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11807 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11809 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11810 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11812 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11813 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11815 ;;;***
11817 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
11818 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15611 31351))
11819 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
11821 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
11822 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
11823 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
11825 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
11827 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
11828 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
11829 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11830 to future sessions." t nil)
11832 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
11833 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
11834 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11835 to future sessions." t nil)
11837 ;;;***
11839 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
11840 ;;;;;; (15611 31360))
11841 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
11843 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
11844 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
11845 \\{nroff-mode-map}
11846 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
11847 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
11848 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
11850 ;;;***
11852 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
11853 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
11854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
11856 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
11857 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
11858 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
11859 specified by `octave-help-files'.
11860 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
11862 ;;;***
11864 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
11865 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
11866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
11868 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
11869 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
11870 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
11872 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
11874 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
11875 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
11877 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
11878 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
11879 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
11881 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
11883 ;;;***
11885 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
11886 ;;;;;; (15797 2282))
11887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
11889 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
11890 Major mode for editing Octave code.
11892 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
11893 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
11894 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
11895 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
11897 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
11898 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
11899 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
11900 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
11901 is why you need this mode!).
11903 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
11904 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
11905 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
11907 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
11909 Keybindings
11910 ===========
11912 \\{octave-mode-map}
11914 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
11915 ==============================================
11917 octave-auto-indent
11918 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
11919 Default is nil.
11921 octave-auto-newline
11922 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
11923 Default is nil.
11925 octave-blink-matching-block
11926 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
11927 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
11929 octave-block-offset
11930 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
11931 Default is 2.
11933 octave-continuation-offset
11934 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
11935 Default is 4.
11937 octave-continuation-string
11938 String used for Octave continuation lines.
11939 Default is a backslash.
11941 octave-mode-startup-message
11942 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
11943 Default is t.
11945 octave-send-echo-input
11946 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
11947 command to the inferior Octave process.
11949 octave-send-line-auto-forward
11950 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
11951 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
11953 octave-send-echo-input
11954 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
11956 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
11958 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
11959 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
11961 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
11962 (setq auto-mode-alist
11963 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
11965 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
11966 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
11968 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
11969 (lambda ()
11970 (abbrev-mode 1)
11971 (auto-fill-mode 1)
11972 (if (eq window-system 'x)
11973 (font-lock-mode 1))))
11975 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
11976 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
11977 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
11978 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
11980 ;;;***
11982 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
11983 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
11984 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
11986 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
11987 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
11988 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
11990 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
11991 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
11992 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
11993 in which there are commands to set the option values.
11994 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
11996 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
11998 ;;;***
12000 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
12001 ;;;;;; (15799 61614))
12002 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
12004 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
12005 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
12006 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
12007 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
12009 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
12010 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
12011 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
12012 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
12014 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
12015 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
12016 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
12017 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
12018 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
12019 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
12021 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
12022 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
12024 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
12025 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
12026 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
12027 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
12028 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
12029 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
12030 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
12031 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
12032 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
12033 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
12034 The subheadings remain visible.
12035 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
12037 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
12038 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
12039 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
12041 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
12042 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
12044 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
12045 Toggle Outline minor mode.
12046 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12047 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12049 ;;;***
12051 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15611 31351))
12052 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12054 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12055 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12056 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12058 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
12060 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12062 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12064 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12065 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12066 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12067 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12069 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12070 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12072 ;;;***
12074 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15761
12075 ;;;;;; 38863))
12076 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12078 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12079 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12080 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12082 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12083 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12085 Other useful functions are:
12087 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12088 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12089 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12090 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12091 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12092 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12093 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12094 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12095 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12097 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12099 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12100 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12101 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12102 Indentation for case statements.
12103 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12104 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12105 mark after an end.
12106 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12107 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12108 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12109 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12110 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12111 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12112 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12113 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12114 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12115 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12117 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12118 pascal-separator-keywords.
12120 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12121 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12123 ;;;***
12125 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
12126 ;;;;;; (15215 36955))
12127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
12129 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
12130 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
12131 The keys affected are:
12132 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
12133 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
12134 M-Backspace does undo.
12135 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
12136 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
12137 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
12139 ;;;***
12141 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
12142 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15611 31353))
12143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
12145 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
12146 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
12148 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12150 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
12151 which modify the status of the mark.
12153 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
12154 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
12156 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
12157 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
12159 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
12160 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
12161 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
12162 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
12163 turning pc-selection-mode on.
12165 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
12166 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
12168 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
12169 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
12170 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
12172 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
12173 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
12174 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
12176 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
12177 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
12179 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
12180 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
12181 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
12183 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
12184 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
12185 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
12187 F6 other-window
12188 DELETE delete-char
12189 C-DELETE kill-line
12190 M-DELETE kill-word
12191 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
12192 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
12193 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
12195 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12196 Toggle PC Selection mode.
12197 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
12198 and cursor movement commands.
12199 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12200 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
12202 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12204 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12206 ;;;***
12208 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15186
12209 ;;;;;; 41418))
12210 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12212 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12213 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12215 ;;;***
12217 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12218 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15186 41418))
12219 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12221 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12222 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12224 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12225 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12227 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12228 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12230 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12231 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12233 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12235 ;;;***
12237 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12238 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15186 41418))
12239 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12241 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12242 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12244 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12245 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12247 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12248 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12250 ;;;***
12252 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15186
12253 ;;;;;; 41418))
12254 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12256 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12257 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12258 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12259 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12260 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12261 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12263 ;;;***
12265 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12266 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12267 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15186 41418))
12268 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12270 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12271 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12273 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12275 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12276 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12278 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12279 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12281 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12282 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12284 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12286 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12287 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12289 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12290 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12292 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12293 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12295 ;;;***
12297 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12298 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12299 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15735
12300 ;;;;;; 20644))
12301 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12303 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12304 Support extensible programmable completion.
12305 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12306 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12308 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12309 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12311 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12312 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12313 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12315 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12316 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12318 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12319 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12320 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12322 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12323 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12325 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12326 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12328 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12329 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12330 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12331 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12332 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12334 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12335 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12337 ;;;***
12339 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12340 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12341 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15611 31351))
12342 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12344 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12345 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12346 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12347 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12349 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12351 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12352 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12353 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12354 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12355 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12356 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12357 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12359 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12360 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12361 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12362 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12363 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12364 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12365 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12366 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12368 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12369 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12370 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12371 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12372 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12373 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12375 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12376 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12377 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12378 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12379 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12380 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12381 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12383 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12385 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12386 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12387 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12389 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12390 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12391 NIL means never do it.
12392 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12393 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12394 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12396 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12397 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12398 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12400 ;;;***
12402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15611 31351))
12403 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12405 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12407 ;;;***
12409 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12410 ;;;;;; (15735 20647))
12411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12413 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12414 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12415 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12416 Tab indents for Perl code.
12417 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
12418 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12419 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12420 \\{perl-mode-map}
12421 Variables controlling indentation style:
12422 perl-tab-always-indent
12423 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12424 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12425 perl-tab-to-comment
12426 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12427 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12428 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12429 perl-nochange
12430 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12431 perl-indent-level
12432 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12433 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12434 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12435 perl-continued-statement-offset
12436 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12437 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12438 perl-continued-brace-offset
12439 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12440 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12441 perl-brace-offset
12442 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12443 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
12444 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12445 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12446 perl-label-offset
12447 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12449 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12450 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12451 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12452 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12453 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12454 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12455 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12457 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12459 ;;;***
12461 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12462 ;;;;;; (15611 31360))
12463 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12465 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12466 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12467 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12468 afterwards settable by these commands:
12469 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12470 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12471 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12472 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12473 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12474 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12475 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12476 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
12477 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12478 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12479 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12480 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
12481 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12482 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12483 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12484 with these commands:
12485 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
12486 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
12487 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
12488 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
12489 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
12490 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12491 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12492 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12493 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12494 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12495 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12496 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12497 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12498 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12499 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12500 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12501 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12502 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12503 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12504 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12505 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12506 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12507 text is saved in the kill ring.
12508 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12509 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12510 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12511 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12512 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12513 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12514 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12515 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12516 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12517 commands if invoked soon enough.
12518 You can return to the previous mode with:
12519 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12520 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12522 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
12524 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12525 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12527 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12529 ;;;***
12531 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15745 59372))
12532 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12534 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12535 Play pong and waste time.
12536 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12537 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12539 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12541 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12543 ;;;***
12545 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12546 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15611 31353))
12547 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12549 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12550 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12551 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12552 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12553 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12555 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12556 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12557 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12558 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12559 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12561 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12562 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12563 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12564 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12566 ;;;***
12568 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12569 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
12570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12572 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12573 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12574 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12575 Commands:
12576 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12577 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12578 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12580 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12581 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12583 ;;;***
12585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 24982))
12586 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12588 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12589 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12590 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12592 ;;;***
12594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15611 31360))
12595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12596 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
12598 ;;;***
12600 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
12601 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
12602 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
12603 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15761 38860))
12604 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12606 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12607 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12609 Valid values are:
12611 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12612 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12613 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12614 changed by setting the variable
12615 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12616 The initial value of this variable is
12617 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12618 documentation).
12620 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12621 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12622 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12623 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12624 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12625 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12626 test it.
12628 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12629 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12630 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12631 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12632 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12633 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12634 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12635 use this value, be sure to have installed
12636 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
12637 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12638 documentation of this variable).
12640 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12641 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12642 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12643 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12644 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12645 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12647 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12649 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12650 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12651 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12653 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12655 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12656 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12658 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12660 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12662 Returns the value:
12664 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12666 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12667 the sequence." nil nil)
12669 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12670 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12672 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12673 composition.
12675 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12677 Returns the value:
12679 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12681 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12682 the sequence." nil nil)
12684 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12685 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12687 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
12688 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
12689 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
12691 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
12692 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
12694 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12695 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12696 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12698 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12700 ;;;***
12702 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12703 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12704 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12705 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12706 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12707 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15611 31351))
12708 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12710 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12711 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12712 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12713 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12715 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12716 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12718 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12719 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12721 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
12722 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
12723 sending it to the printer.
12725 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
12726 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
12727 image in a file with that name." t nil)
12729 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12730 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12731 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12732 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12733 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12735 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12736 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12737 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12739 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12740 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12741 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12742 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12743 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12745 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12746 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12747 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
12748 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12750 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12752 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12753 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12754 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12755 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12756 so it has a way to determine color values.
12758 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12760 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12761 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12762 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12764 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12766 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12767 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12768 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12769 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12770 so it has a way to determine color values.
12772 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12774 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
12775 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
12777 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
12778 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
12779 instead of sending it to the printer.
12781 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
12782 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
12783 image in a file with that name." t nil)
12785 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
12786 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
12787 current ps-print setup.
12788 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
12789 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
12791 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12792 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
12793 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12795 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
12796 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
12797 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12799 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
12800 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
12802 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
12803 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
12805 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
12806 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
12808 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
12809 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
12811 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
12813 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
12815 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
12816 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
12818 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
12819 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
12821 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
12822 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
12824 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
12826 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
12828 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
12830 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
12831 foreground and background colors respectively.
12833 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
12834 bold - use bold font.
12835 italic - use italic font.
12836 underline - put a line under text.
12837 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
12838 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
12839 shadow - text will have a shadow.
12840 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
12841 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
12843 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
12845 ;;;***
12847 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
12848 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
12849 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
12850 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
12851 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15611 31356))
12852 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
12854 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
12855 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
12857 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
12858 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
12859 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
12861 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
12862 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
12864 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
12865 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
12866 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
12867 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
12868 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
12869 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
12870 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
12872 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
12873 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
12874 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
12875 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
12876 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
12877 shown.
12878 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
12880 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
12881 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
12882 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
12883 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
12884 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
12885 list of candidates.
12887 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
12888 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
12889 command to be called.
12891 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
12892 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
12893 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
12894 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
12896 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
12897 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
12898 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
12899 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
12900 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
12901 to t.
12903 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
12904 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
12905 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
12906 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
12908 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
12909 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
12910 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
12911 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
12913 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
12914 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
12915 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
12916 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
12917 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
12918 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
12920 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
12921 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
12922 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
12923 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
12924 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
12925 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
12927 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
12928 covers Quail translation region.
12930 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
12931 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
12932 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
12933 for it) is inserted.
12935 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
12936 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
12937 vs. corresponding command to be called.
12939 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
12940 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
12941 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
12943 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12944 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
12946 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
12947 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
12948 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
12949 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
12950 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
12952 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12953 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
12955 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
12956 keyboard type." t nil)
12958 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
12959 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
12960 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
12961 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12962 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
12963 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12964 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12965 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12966 for the translation.
12967 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12969 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12970 it is used to handle KEY.
12972 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
12973 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
12974 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
12975 the following annotation types are supported.
12977 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
12978 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
12980 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
12981 candidate list.
12983 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
12984 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
12985 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
12986 inserted.
12988 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
12989 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
12991 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
12992 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
12994 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12995 which to install MAP.
12997 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
12999 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
13000 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
13002 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13003 which to install MAP.
13005 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
13007 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
13008 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
13009 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13010 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
13011 a function, or a cons.
13012 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13013 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13014 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13015 for the translation.
13016 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13017 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13018 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13019 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13020 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13022 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13023 it is used to handle KEY.
13025 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13026 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13027 current Quail package.
13029 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13030 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13032 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13033 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13035 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13036 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13038 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13040 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13041 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13043 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13044 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13045 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13046 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13047 of the Emacs source tree.
13049 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13050 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13052 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13053 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13054 of each directory." t nil)
13056 ;;;***
13058 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13059 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13060 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15187
13061 ;;;;;; 6159))
13062 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13064 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13065 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13066 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13067 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13069 To make use of this do something like:
13071 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13073 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13075 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13076 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13078 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13079 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13080 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13082 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13083 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13085 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13086 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13088 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13089 is decided." t nil)
13091 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13092 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13094 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13095 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13096 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13098 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
13099 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
13101 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
13102 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
13104 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
13105 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
13107 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
13109 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
13111 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
13112 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
13114 ;;;***
13116 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15611
13117 ;;;;;; 31357))
13118 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
13120 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
13121 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
13122 See \\[compile]." t nil)
13124 ;;;***
13126 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
13127 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
13128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
13130 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
13131 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
13133 ;;;***
13135 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
13136 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
13137 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15611 31351))
13138 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
13140 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
13141 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
13143 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
13144 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
13146 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
13147 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
13149 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
13150 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
13151 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
13152 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
13153 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
13155 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
13156 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
13158 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
13159 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
13160 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13161 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13162 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
13164 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13166 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13168 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13169 Toggle recentf mode.
13170 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13171 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13173 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13174 were operated on recently." t nil)
13176 ;;;***
13178 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
13179 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
13180 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13181 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15611
13182 ;;;;;; 31351))
13183 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13185 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13186 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
13187 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
13188 spaces and tab.
13190 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13191 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13193 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13194 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13195 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13196 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13197 ends.
13199 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13200 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13201 to be deleted." t nil)
13203 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13204 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13205 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13207 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13208 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13209 deleted." nil nil)
13211 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13212 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13213 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13215 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13216 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13218 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13219 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13221 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13222 deleted." t nil)
13224 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13225 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13227 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13228 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13229 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13230 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13231 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13232 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13233 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13235 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13236 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13238 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13239 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13241 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13242 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13243 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13244 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13246 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13247 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13248 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13249 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13250 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13252 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13253 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13255 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13256 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
13257 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
13259 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
13261 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13262 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13264 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13265 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13266 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13268 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13269 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13270 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13272 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13273 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13274 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13276 ;;;***
13278 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15611
13279 ;;;;;; 31360))
13280 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13282 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13283 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13284 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13286 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13287 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13288 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13290 ;;;***
13292 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13293 ;;;;;; (15761 38864))
13294 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13296 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13297 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13299 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13300 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13302 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13303 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13305 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13306 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13307 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13308 \\ref macro.
13310 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13311 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13312 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13314 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13315 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13316 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13318 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13319 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13321 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13322 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13324 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13325 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13326 on the menu bar.
13328 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13330 ;;;***
13332 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13333 ;;;;;; (15735 20648))
13334 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13336 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13337 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13338 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13339 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13340 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
13341 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13343 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13345 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13347 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13348 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13349 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
13350 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13352 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13353 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13354 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13355 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13357 ;;;***
13359 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13360 ;;;;;; (15611 31361))
13361 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13363 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13364 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13365 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13367 To insert new phrases, use
13368 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
13369 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
13371 To index phrases use one of:
13373 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
13374 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
13375 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
13376 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
13377 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
13379 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
13380 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
13382 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13384 Here are all local bindings.
13386 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
13388 ;;;***
13390 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13391 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
13392 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13394 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13395 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13396 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13397 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13398 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13399 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13401 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
13402 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
13404 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13405 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
13407 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13408 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13409 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13410 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13412 ;;;***
13414 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15182 61046))
13415 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13417 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13418 Repeat most recently executed command.
13419 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13420 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13421 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13423 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13424 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13425 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13427 ;;;***
13429 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13430 ;;;;;; (15735 20647))
13431 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13433 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13434 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13436 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13437 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13438 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13439 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13440 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13441 and point is left after the salutation.
13443 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13444 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13445 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13446 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13447 left after that text.
13449 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13450 is non-nil.
13452 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13453 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
13454 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13455 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13457 ;;;***
13459 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13460 ;;;;;; (15611 31351))
13461 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13463 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13464 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13465 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13466 visibility of comments that precede it.
13467 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13468 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13469 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13470 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13471 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13472 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13473 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13474 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13475 the comment lines.
13476 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13477 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13478 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13479 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13480 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13481 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13483 ;;;***
13485 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13486 ;;;;;; 50658))
13487 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13489 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13490 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13492 ;;;***
13494 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13495 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13498 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13499 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13501 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13502 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13504 ;;;***
13506 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15611 31357))
13507 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13508 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13510 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13511 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13512 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13513 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13515 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13517 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13518 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13519 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13520 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13522 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13523 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13525 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13526 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13528 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13529 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13530 INPUT-ARGS.
13532 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13533 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13534 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13535 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13536 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13538 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13539 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13540 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13541 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13543 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13544 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13545 variable." t nil)
13547 ;;;***
13549 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13550 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13551 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13552 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13553 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13554 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13555 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15735 20647))
13556 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13558 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13559 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13560 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13561 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13563 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13564 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13565 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13566 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13567 value is the user's name.)
13568 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13570 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
13571 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13572 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13573 which normally happens once for each message,
13574 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13575 To make a change in this variable take effect
13576 for a message that you have already viewed,
13577 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13579 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13580 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13581 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13582 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13584 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
13585 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13587 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13588 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13589 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13590 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13592 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13593 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13595 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13596 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13598 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13599 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13600 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13601 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13602 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13604 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13605 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13607 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13608 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13610 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13611 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13613 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
13614 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13616 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13617 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13619 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13620 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13622 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13623 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13625 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13626 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13628 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13629 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13630 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13631 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13633 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13634 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13636 This is set to nil by default.")
13638 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13639 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13640 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13641 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13642 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13644 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13645 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
13646 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13647 It is called with no argument.")
13649 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
13650 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
13651 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
13652 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
13653 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13654 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13655 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13657 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
13658 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
13659 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13660 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13661 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13662 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13664 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
13665 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
13666 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13667 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
13668 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
13670 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
13671 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
13672 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13673 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
13674 MSG is the message number,
13675 REGEXP is the regular expression,
13676 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
13678 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13679 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13680 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13681 this feature is required with `require'.")
13683 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13684 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13685 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13686 the message is decoded as normal way.
13688 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13689 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13690 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13692 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13693 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13694 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13696 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13697 Read and edit incoming mail.
13698 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13699 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13700 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13702 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13703 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13704 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13705 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13707 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13709 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13710 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13711 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13712 Instead, these commands are available:
13714 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13715 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13716 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13717 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13718 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13719 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13720 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13721 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13722 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13723 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13724 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13725 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13726 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13727 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13728 till a deleted message is found.
13729 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13730 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13731 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13732 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13733 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13734 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
13735 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
13736 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
13737 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
13738 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
13739 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
13740 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
13741 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
13742 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
13743 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
13744 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
13745 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
13746 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
13747 (label defaults to last one specified).
13748 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
13749 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
13750 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
13751 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
13752 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
13753 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
13754 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
13755 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
13756 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
13758 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
13759 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
13761 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
13762 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
13764 ;;;***
13766 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
13767 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
13768 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
13770 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
13771 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
13773 ;;;***
13775 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
13776 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
13777 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15186 41423))
13778 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
13780 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13781 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13782 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13784 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13785 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13786 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13788 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
13790 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13791 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
13792 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13793 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13794 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13796 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13797 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
13798 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13799 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13800 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13802 ;;;***
13804 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
13805 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
13806 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
13808 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
13809 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
13810 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
13811 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
13813 ;;;***
13815 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
13816 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
13817 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15935 39795))
13818 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
13820 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
13821 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
13822 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
13823 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
13824 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
13825 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
13826 a file name as a string.")
13828 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
13829 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
13830 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
13831 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
13832 buffer visiting that file.
13833 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
13834 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
13836 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
13837 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13839 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13840 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13842 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
13843 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
13845 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
13846 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
13848 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
13849 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
13850 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13851 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13852 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
13854 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
13855 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
13856 will be appended with their original headers.
13858 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
13859 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13861 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
13862 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
13864 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
13866 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
13867 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
13868 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
13870 ;;;***
13872 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
13873 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
13874 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15186
13875 ;;;;;; 41423))
13876 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
13878 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
13879 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
13880 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13882 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
13883 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
13884 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13886 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
13887 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
13888 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13890 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
13891 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
13892 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13894 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
13895 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
13896 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13898 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
13899 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
13900 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13902 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
13903 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
13904 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
13905 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
13907 ;;;***
13909 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
13910 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
13911 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
13912 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
13913 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15735 20647))
13914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
13916 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
13917 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
13919 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
13920 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
13922 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
13923 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
13925 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
13926 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
13927 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
13929 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
13930 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
13931 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
13932 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13933 only look in the To and From fields.
13934 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13936 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
13937 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
13938 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
13939 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
13940 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
13942 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
13943 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
13944 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
13945 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13946 look in the whole message.
13947 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13949 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
13950 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
13951 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
13953 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
13954 *Function to decode summary-line.
13956 By default, `identity' is set.")
13958 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
13959 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
13960 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
13961 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
13962 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
13963 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
13964 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
13966 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
13967 sent by you under different user names.
13968 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
13970 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
13972 ;;;***
13974 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
13975 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
13976 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
13978 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
13979 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
13980 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
13981 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
13983 ;;;***
13985 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
13986 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15186 41418))
13987 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
13989 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
13990 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
13991 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
13993 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
13994 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
13995 in rot 13.
13997 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
13999 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
14000 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
14002 ;;;***
14004 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
14005 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
14006 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
14007 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
14008 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
14009 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
14011 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
14012 *This variable is obsolete.")
14014 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14016 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
14018 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14019 *This variable is obsolete.")
14021 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
14022 *This variable is obsolete.")
14024 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
14025 *This variable is obsolete.")
14027 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
14028 *This variable is obsolete.")
14030 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
14031 *This variable is obsolete.")
14033 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
14034 This function is obsolete." t nil)
14036 ;;;***
14038 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15761
14039 ;;;;;; 38861))
14040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
14042 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
14043 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
14044 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
14045 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
14047 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
14048 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
14049 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
14051 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
14052 notation.
14054 STRING
14055 matches string STRING literally.
14057 CHAR
14058 matches character CHAR literally.
14060 `not-newline'
14061 matches any character except a newline.
14063 `anything'
14064 matches any character
14066 `(any SET)'
14067 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
14068 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
14070 '(in SET)'
14071 like `any'.
14073 `(not (any SET))'
14074 matches any character not in SET
14076 `line-start'
14077 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
14078 in the text being matched
14080 `line-end'
14081 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
14083 `string-start'
14084 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14085 string being matched against.
14087 `string-end'
14088 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14089 string being matched against.
14091 `buffer-start'
14092 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14093 buffer being matched against.
14095 `buffer-end'
14096 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14097 buffer being matched against.
14099 `point'
14100 matches the empty string, but only at point.
14102 `word-start'
14103 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14104 word.
14106 `word-end'
14107 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
14109 `word-boundary'
14110 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14111 word.
14113 `(not word-boundary)'
14114 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
14115 word.
14117 `digit'
14118 matches 0 through 9.
14120 `control'
14121 matches ASCII control characters.
14123 `hex-digit'
14124 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
14126 `blank'
14127 matches space and tab only.
14129 `graphic'
14130 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
14131 space, and DEL.
14133 `printing'
14134 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
14135 and DEL.
14137 `alphanumeric'
14138 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14139 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14141 `letter'
14142 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14143 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14145 `ascii'
14146 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
14148 `nonascii'
14149 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
14151 `lower'
14152 matches anything lower-case.
14154 `upper'
14155 matches anything upper-case.
14157 `punctuation'
14158 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14159 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
14161 `space'
14162 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
14164 `word'
14165 matches anything that has word syntax.
14167 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
14168 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
14169 of the following symbols.
14171 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
14172 `punctuation' (\\s.)
14173 `word' (\\sw)
14174 `symbol' (\\s_)
14175 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
14176 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
14177 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
14178 `string-quote' (\\s\")
14179 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
14180 `escape' (\\s\\)
14181 `character-quote' (\\s/)
14182 `comment-start' (\\s<)
14183 `comment-end' (\\s>)
14185 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
14186 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
14188 `(category CATEGORY)'
14189 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
14190 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
14192 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
14193 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
14194 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
14195 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
14196 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
14197 `symbol' (\\c5)
14198 `digit' (\\c6)
14199 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
14200 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
14201 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
14202 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
14203 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
14204 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
14205 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
14206 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
14207 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
14208 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
14209 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
14210 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
14211 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
14212 `ascii' (\\ca)
14213 `arabic' (\\cb)
14214 `chinese' (\\cc)
14215 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
14216 `greek' (\\cg)
14217 `korean' (\\ch)
14218 `indian' (\\ci)
14219 `japanese' (\\cj)
14220 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
14221 `latin' (\\cl)
14222 `lao' (\\co)
14223 `tibetan' (\\cq)
14224 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
14225 `thai' (\\ct)
14226 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
14227 `hebrew' (\\cw)
14228 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
14229 `can-break' (\\c|)
14231 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
14232 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
14234 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14235 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
14237 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14238 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
14239 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
14241 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14242 another name for `submatch'.
14244 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14245 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
14246 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
14247 regular expression.
14249 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
14250 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
14251 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
14252 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
14253 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
14255 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
14256 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
14258 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
14259 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14261 `(0+ SEXP)'
14262 like `zero-or-more'.
14264 `(* SEXP)'
14265 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14267 `(*? SEXP)'
14268 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14270 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
14271 matches one or more occurrences of A.
14273 `(1+ SEXP)'
14274 like `one-or-more'.
14276 `(+ SEXP)'
14277 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14279 `(+? SEXP)'
14280 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14282 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
14283 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
14285 `(optional SEXP)'
14286 like `zero-or-one'.
14288 `(? SEXP)'
14289 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14291 `(?? SEXP)'
14292 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14294 `(repeat N SEXP)'
14295 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14297 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
14298 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14300 `(eval FORM)'
14301 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
14302 `regexp-quote' it.
14304 `(regexp REGEXP)'
14305 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
14307 ;;;***
14309 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
14310 ;;;;;; (15735 20647))
14311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
14313 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
14314 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
14315 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14317 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
14318 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
14319 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
14320 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
14321 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
14322 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
14323 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
14324 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
14326 Commands:
14327 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14328 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14329 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14330 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
14331 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
14333 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
14334 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
14335 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14337 Commands:
14338 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14339 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14340 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14341 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
14342 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
14343 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
14345 ;;;***
14347 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
14348 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
14349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
14351 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
14352 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
14353 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
14355 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
14357 ;;;***
14359 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15611
14360 ;;;;;; 31361))
14361 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
14363 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
14364 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
14365 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
14366 \\{scribe-mode-map}
14368 Interesting variables:
14370 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
14371 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
14373 scribe-electric-quote
14374 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
14376 scribe-electric-parenthesis
14377 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
14378 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
14380 ;;;***
14382 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
14383 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15735 20644))
14384 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
14386 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
14387 Control/track scroll locking.
14389 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14390 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
14392 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14394 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
14396 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
14397 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
14398 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
14399 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
14400 apply to all visible windows in the same frame." t nil)
14402 ;;;***
14404 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
14405 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
14406 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
14407 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
14408 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
14409 ;;;;;; (15611 31356))
14410 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
14412 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
14413 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
14415 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14416 king@grassland.com
14417 If `parens', they look like:
14418 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14419 If `angles', they look like:
14420 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14421 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
14422 derived from the envelope-from address.
14424 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
14425 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
14426 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
14427 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
14429 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
14430 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
14431 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
14432 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
14434 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
14435 is a privileged operation.")
14437 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
14438 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
14439 This is done when the message is initialized,
14440 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
14442 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
14443 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
14444 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
14446 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
14447 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
14449 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
14450 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14451 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
14452 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
14453 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
14454 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
14455 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
14457 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
14458 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
14460 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
14461 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
14462 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
14464 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
14465 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
14466 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
14467 when you first send mail.")
14469 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
14470 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
14471 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
14472 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
14473 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
14475 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
14476 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
14477 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
14478 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
14479 This file need not actually exist.")
14481 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
14482 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
14483 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
14484 If a string, that string is inserted.
14485 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
14486 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
14487 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
14488 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
14490 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
14491 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
14492 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
14493 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
14494 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14495 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
14496 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
14497 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
14498 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
14499 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
14500 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
14501 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
14502 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
14503 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14504 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
14506 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
14507 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14508 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14509 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
14510 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
14511 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14513 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
14514 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14515 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
14517 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
14518 User should not set this variable manually,
14519 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
14520 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
14521 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14522 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
14524 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
14525 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
14526 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
14527 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
14529 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
14530 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
14532 \\<mail-mode-map>
14533 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
14535 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
14536 to move to message header fields:
14537 \\{mail-mode-map}
14539 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
14540 when the message is initialized.
14542 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
14543 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
14545 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
14546 is inserted.
14548 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
14549 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
14551 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
14552 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
14554 The second through fifth arguments,
14555 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
14556 the initial contents of those header fields.
14557 These arguments should not have final newlines.
14558 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
14559 original message being replied to, or else an action
14560 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
14561 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
14562 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
14563 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
14564 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
14565 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
14567 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
14568 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
14570 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
14571 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
14573 ;;;***
14575 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15853 63299))
14576 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
14578 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
14579 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
14580 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
14581 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
14582 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
14583 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
14585 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
14587 ;;;***
14589 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
14590 ;;;;;; (15797 2282))
14591 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
14593 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14594 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
14595 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
14596 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
14597 `sgml-quick-keys'.
14599 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
14600 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
14601 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
14603 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
14604 your `.emacs' file.
14606 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
14608 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14609 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
14610 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
14612 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14613 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
14614 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
14615 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
14616 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
14617 which this is based.
14619 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14621 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
14622 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
14623 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
14624 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
14626 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
14627 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
14628 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
14630 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
14631 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
14632 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
14633 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
14635 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
14636 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
14637 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
14638 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
14640 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
14642 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
14643 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
14644 To work around that, do:
14645 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
14647 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
14649 ;;;***
14651 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
14652 ;;;;;; (15797 2282))
14653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
14655 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
14657 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
14658 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
14659 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
14660 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
14661 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
14662 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
14664 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
14665 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
14666 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
14667 shell-specific features.
14669 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
14670 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
14671 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
14673 \\[sh-case] case statement
14674 \\[sh-for] for loop
14675 \\[sh-function] function definition
14676 \\[sh-if] if statement
14677 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
14678 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
14679 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
14680 \\[sh-select] select loop
14681 \\[sh-until] until loop
14682 \\[sh-while] while loop
14684 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
14685 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
14686 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
14687 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
14688 would indent to the way it currently is.
14689 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
14690 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
14693 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
14694 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
14695 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
14696 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
14697 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
14698 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
14700 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
14701 {, (, [, ', \", `
14702 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
14704 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
14705 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
14706 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
14708 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
14709 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
14711 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
14713 ;;;***
14715 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
14716 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
14717 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
14719 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
14720 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
14722 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
14723 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
14724 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
14725 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
14726 the earlier.
14728 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
14730 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
14732 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
14733 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
14734 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
14736 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
14737 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
14739 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
14740 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
14741 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
14742 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
14743 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
14744 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
14745 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
14746 emacs version).
14748 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
14749 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
14750 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
14751 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
14752 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
14754 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
14755 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
14756 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
14758 ;;;***
14760 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
14761 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15611
14762 ;;;;;; 31351))
14763 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
14765 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
14766 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
14767 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
14768 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
14769 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
14770 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
14771 in the cluster." t nil)
14773 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
14774 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
14775 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
14776 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
14777 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
14779 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
14780 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
14781 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
14782 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
14783 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
14784 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
14785 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
14787 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
14788 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
14790 ;;;***
14792 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
14793 ;;;;;; (15735 20644))
14794 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
14796 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
14797 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
14798 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
14799 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
14800 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
14801 arguments.")
14803 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
14804 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
14805 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
14806 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
14807 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
14808 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
14809 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
14810 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
14811 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
14812 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
14813 discards input when it starts up.)
14814 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
14815 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
14816 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
14818 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14819 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14820 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14821 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
14822 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14823 `default-process-coding-system'.
14825 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
14826 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
14827 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
14828 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
14830 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14831 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
14833 ;;;***
14835 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15611
14836 ;;;;;; 31360))
14837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
14839 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
14840 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
14841 \\{simula-mode-map}
14842 Variables controlling indentation style:
14843 simula-tab-always-indent
14844 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
14845 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14846 simula-indent-level
14847 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
14848 simula-substatement-offset
14849 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
14850 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
14851 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
14852 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
14853 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
14854 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
14855 simula-label-offset -4711
14856 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
14857 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
14858 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
14859 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
14860 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
14861 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
14862 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
14863 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
14864 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
14865 simula-electric-indent nil
14866 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
14867 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
14868 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
14869 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
14870 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
14871 or nil if they should not be changed.
14872 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
14873 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
14874 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
14875 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
14877 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
14878 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
14880 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
14881 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
14882 at all." t nil)
14884 ;;;***
14886 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
14887 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
14888 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
14889 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
14891 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
14892 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
14894 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
14895 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
14896 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
14897 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
14898 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
14900 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
14901 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14902 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14903 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14904 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14905 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14906 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14908 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14909 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14910 ignored." t nil)
14912 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
14913 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14914 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14915 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14916 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14917 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14918 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14920 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14921 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14922 ignored." t nil)
14924 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
14925 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
14927 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
14928 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
14929 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
14930 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
14932 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
14933 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
14934 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
14935 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
14937 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
14938 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
14939 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
14941 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
14942 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
14944 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
14945 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
14947 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
14948 _ interesting point, interregion here
14949 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
14950 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
14951 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
14952 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
14953 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
14954 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
14955 nil skipped
14957 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
14958 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
14960 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
14961 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
14962 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
14963 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
14964 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
14965 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
14966 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
14967 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
14969 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
14970 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
14971 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
14972 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
14973 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
14974 available:
14976 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
14977 then: insert previously read string once more
14978 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
14979 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
14980 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
14982 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
14983 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
14985 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
14986 Insert the character you type ARG times.
14988 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
14989 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
14990 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
14991 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
14992 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
14993 such as backslash.
14995 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
14996 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
14997 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
14999 ;;;***
15001 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15611
15002 ;;;;;; 31352))
15003 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
15005 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
15006 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
15007 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
15009 ;;;***
15011 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
15012 ;;;;;; (14903 16513))
15013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
15015 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
15016 Display textual smileys as images.
15017 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
15018 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
15019 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
15021 ;;;***
15023 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
15024 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (15853 63299))
15025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
15027 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
15029 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
15030 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'." t nil)
15032 ;;;***
15034 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15745 59563))
15035 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
15037 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
15038 Play the Snake game.
15039 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
15041 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
15043 snake-mode keybindings:
15044 \\<snake-mode-map>
15045 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
15046 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
15047 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15048 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
15049 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
15050 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
15051 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
15053 " t nil)
15055 ;;;***
15057 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
15058 ;;;;;; (15611 31357))
15059 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
15061 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15062 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
15063 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15064 Tab indents for C code.
15065 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15066 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15067 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15068 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
15069 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
15071 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15072 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
15073 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15074 Tab indents for C code.
15075 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15076 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15077 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15078 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
15079 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
15081 ;;;***
15083 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
15084 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
15085 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15761 38861))
15086 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
15088 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
15089 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
15091 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
15092 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
15093 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
15095 For example, the form
15097 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
15098 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
15100 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
15102 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
15103 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15105 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15106 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
15107 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
15108 York City.
15110 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15112 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
15113 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15115 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15116 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
15117 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
15118 York City.
15120 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15122 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
15123 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
15124 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
15125 pair.
15127 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15129 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
15130 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
15131 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
15133 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
15134 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
15136 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
15138 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
15139 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
15140 Requires floating point." nil nil)
15142 ;;;***
15144 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15611
15145 ;;;;;; 31357))
15146 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
15148 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
15149 Play Solitaire.
15151 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
15152 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
15153 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
15154 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
15155 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
15156 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
15157 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
15158 check after each move or undo)
15160 What is Solitaire?
15162 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
15163 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
15164 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
15166 Le Solitaire
15167 ============
15169 o o o
15171 o o o
15173 o o o o o o o
15175 o o o . o o o
15177 o o o o o o o
15179 o o o
15181 o o o
15183 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
15184 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
15185 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
15186 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
15188 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
15189 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
15190 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
15191 this: o o .
15193 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
15194 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
15196 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
15198 o o o
15200 . o o
15202 o o . o o o o
15204 o . o o o o o
15206 o o o o o o o
15208 o o o
15210 o o o
15212 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
15214 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
15216 ;;;***
15218 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
15219 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
15220 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15611 31352))
15221 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
15223 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
15224 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
15225 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
15227 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
15228 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
15229 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
15230 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
15231 contiguous.
15233 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
15234 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
15235 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15236 the sort order.
15238 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
15239 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
15241 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
15242 It moves point to the start of the next record.
15243 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
15244 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
15245 is called.
15247 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
15248 It should move point to the end of the record.
15250 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
15251 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
15252 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
15253 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
15254 starts at the beginning of the record.
15256 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
15257 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
15258 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
15260 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
15261 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15262 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15263 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15264 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15265 the sort order." t nil)
15267 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
15268 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15269 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15270 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15271 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15272 the sort order." t nil)
15274 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
15275 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15276 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15277 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15278 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15279 the sort order." t nil)
15281 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
15282 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
15283 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
15284 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
15285 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
15286 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
15287 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
15288 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15289 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
15291 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
15292 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
15293 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
15294 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
15295 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15296 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
15297 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15298 the sort order." t nil)
15300 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
15301 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
15302 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
15303 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
15304 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
15305 is to be used for sorting.
15306 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
15307 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
15308 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
15309 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
15310 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
15312 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
15314 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15315 the sort order.
15317 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
15318 starting with the letter \"f\",
15319 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
15321 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
15322 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
15323 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
15324 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
15325 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
15326 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
15327 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15328 the sort order.
15330 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
15331 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
15332 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
15333 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
15334 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
15336 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
15337 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
15338 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
15340 ;;;***
15342 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
15343 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15761 38860))
15344 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
15346 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
15348 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
15349 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
15350 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
15351 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
15352 supported at a time.
15353 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
15354 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
15356 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
15357 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
15358 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
15359 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
15361 ;;;***
15363 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
15364 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15186 41426))
15365 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
15367 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15369 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
15370 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
15371 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
15372 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
15373 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
15374 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
15376 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
15377 Check spelling of word at or before point.
15378 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
15379 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
15381 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
15382 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
15383 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
15384 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
15385 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
15387 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
15388 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
15390 ;;;***
15392 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
15393 ;;;;;; 31351))
15394 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
15396 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
15397 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
15399 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
15400 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
15402 ;;;***
15404 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
15405 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
15406 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15611 31360))
15407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
15409 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
15410 Show short help for the SQL modes.
15412 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
15413 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
15415 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
15417 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
15418 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
15420 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
15422 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
15423 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
15424 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
15425 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
15426 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
15427 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
15428 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
15430 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
15432 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
15433 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
15434 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
15435 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
15437 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
15438 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
15439 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
15440 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
15442 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
15443 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
15444 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
15446 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
15447 Major mode to edit SQL.
15449 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
15450 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
15451 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
15453 \\{sql-mode-map}
15454 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
15456 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
15457 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
15458 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
15459 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
15460 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
15461 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
15463 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
15464 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
15466 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
15467 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
15469 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15470 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15471 `*SQL*'.
15473 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
15474 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15475 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
15476 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
15478 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15479 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15481 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15482 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15483 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15484 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15485 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15486 `default-process-coding-system'.
15488 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15490 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
15491 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
15493 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15494 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15495 `*SQL*'.
15497 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
15498 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
15499 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15500 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
15502 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15503 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15505 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15506 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15507 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15508 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15509 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15510 `default-process-coding-system'.
15512 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15514 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
15515 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
15517 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15518 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15519 `*SQL*'.
15521 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
15522 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15524 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15525 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15527 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15528 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15529 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15530 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15531 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15532 `default-process-coding-system'.
15534 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15536 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
15537 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
15539 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
15541 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15542 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15543 `*SQL*'.
15545 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
15546 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
15547 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15548 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
15550 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15551 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15553 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15554 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15555 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15556 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15557 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15558 `default-process-coding-system'.
15560 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15562 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
15563 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
15565 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15566 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15567 `*SQL*'.
15569 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
15570 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
15571 defaults, if set.
15573 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15574 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15576 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15577 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15578 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15579 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15580 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15581 `default-process-coding-system'.
15583 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15585 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
15586 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
15588 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15589 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15590 `*SQL*'.
15592 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
15593 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15595 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15596 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15598 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15599 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15600 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15601 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15602 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15603 `default-process-coding-system'.
15605 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15607 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
15608 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
15610 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15611 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15612 `*SQL*'.
15614 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
15615 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
15616 as defaults, if set.
15618 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15619 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15621 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15622 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15623 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15624 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15625 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15626 `default-process-coding-system'.
15628 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15630 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
15631 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
15633 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15634 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15635 `*SQL*'.
15637 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
15638 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
15639 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
15640 `sql-postgres-options'.
15642 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15643 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15645 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15646 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15647 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15648 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15649 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15650 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
15651 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
15652 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
15654 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
15655 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
15657 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15659 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
15660 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
15662 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15663 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15664 `*SQL*'.
15666 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
15667 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15668 defaults, if set.
15670 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15671 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15673 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15674 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15675 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15676 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15677 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15678 `default-process-coding-system'.
15680 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15682 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
15683 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
15685 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15686 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15687 `*SQL*'.
15689 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
15690 automatic login.
15692 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15693 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15695 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
15696 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
15697 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
15698 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
15700 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15701 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15702 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15703 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15704 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15705 `default-process-coding-system'.
15707 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15709 ;;;***
15711 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
15712 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
15713 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
15714 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
15715 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
15716 ;;;;;; (15927 36082))
15717 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
15719 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
15720 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
15721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
15722 or M-x strokes-mode.")
15724 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15726 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
15728 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
15729 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
15730 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
15731 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
15732 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
15733 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
15735 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
15737 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
15738 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15739 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15740 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
15741 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
15742 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
15743 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15745 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15746 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15747 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15748 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
15749 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
15750 then complete the stroke with button3.
15751 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15753 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
15754 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15755 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15757 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15758 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15759 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15761 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
15762 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
15764 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
15766 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
15767 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
15769 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
15770 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
15772 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
15774 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
15775 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
15776 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
15777 chronologically by command name.
15778 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
15780 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
15781 Toggle strokes being enabled.
15782 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
15783 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
15784 mode in all buffers when activated.
15785 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
15786 new strokes with
15788 > M-x global-set-stroke
15790 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
15791 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
15792 strokes with
15794 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
15795 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
15797 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
15798 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
15799 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15800 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
15802 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15803 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
15805 ;;;***
15807 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
15808 ;;;;;; (15611 31357))
15809 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
15811 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
15812 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
15814 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
15815 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
15817 ;;;***
15819 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
15820 ;;;;;; (15611 31356))
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
15823 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
15824 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
15825 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
15826 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
15827 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
15828 original message but it does require a few things:
15830 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
15832 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
15833 reply buffer.
15835 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
15836 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
15837 original message.
15839 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
15841 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
15843 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
15844 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
15845 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
15847 ;;;***
15849 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
15850 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
15852 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
15853 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
15854 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15855 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15856 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15858 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
15859 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
15860 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
15861 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
15862 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15863 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15864 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15866 ;;;***
15868 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15611 31352))
15869 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
15871 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
15872 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
15874 ;;;***
15876 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15611 31352))
15877 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
15879 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
15880 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
15881 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
15882 Letters no longer insert themselves.
15883 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
15884 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
15885 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
15887 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
15888 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
15889 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
15890 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
15892 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
15893 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
15895 ;;;***
15897 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
15898 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15611 31360))
15899 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
15901 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
15902 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
15903 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
15904 Tab indents for Tcl code.
15905 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
15906 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15908 Variables controlling indentation style:
15909 tcl-indent-level
15910 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
15911 tcl-continued-indent-level
15912 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
15914 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
15915 documentation for details):
15916 tcl-tab-always-indent
15917 Controls action of TAB key.
15918 tcl-auto-newline
15919 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
15920 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
15921 tcl-electric-hash-style
15922 Controls action of `#' key.
15923 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
15924 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
15925 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
15926 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
15927 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
15928 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
15930 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
15931 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
15932 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
15933 already exist.
15935 Commands:
15936 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
15938 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
15939 Run inferior Tcl process.
15940 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
15941 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
15943 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
15944 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
15945 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
15947 ;;;***
15949 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15611 31357))
15950 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
15951 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15953 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
15954 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15955 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
15956 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
15957 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
15958 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
15959 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15960 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
15962 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
15963 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15964 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
15965 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15967 ;;;***
15969 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15611
15970 ;;;;;; 31352))
15971 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
15973 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
15974 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
15975 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
15976 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
15977 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
15978 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
15980 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
15981 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15983 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
15984 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15986 ;;;***
15988 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15611
15989 ;;;;;; 31352))
15990 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
15992 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
15993 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
15994 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
15995 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
15996 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
15997 program as keyboard input.
15999 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
16000 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
16001 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
16002 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
16004 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
16005 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
16006 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
16007 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
16008 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
16010 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
16012 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
16013 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
16014 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
16015 terminal-redisplay-interval.
16017 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
16018 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
16019 subprocess started." t nil)
16021 ;;;***
16023 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15745 59670))
16024 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
16026 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
16027 Play the Tetris game.
16028 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
16029 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
16030 as to form complete rows.
16032 tetris-mode keybindings:
16033 \\<tetris-mode-map>
16034 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
16035 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
16036 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16037 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
16038 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
16039 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
16040 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
16041 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
16043 " t nil)
16045 ;;;***
16047 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
16048 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
16049 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16050 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
16051 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
16052 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
16053 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
16054 ;;;;;; (15611 31361))
16055 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
16057 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
16058 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
16060 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
16061 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
16062 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
16063 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
16064 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
16066 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
16067 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
16068 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
16069 if it matches the first line of the file,
16070 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
16072 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
16073 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
16074 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
16075 if the variable is non-nil.")
16077 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
16078 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
16080 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
16081 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
16082 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16083 See the documentation of that variable.")
16085 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
16086 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
16087 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16088 See the documentation of that variable.")
16090 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
16091 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
16092 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16093 See the documentation of that variable.")
16095 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
16096 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
16097 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
16098 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
16100 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
16101 *User defined LaTeX block names.
16102 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
16104 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
16105 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
16106 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16107 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16109 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16110 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16111 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16112 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16114 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16115 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
16116 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16117 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16119 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
16120 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
16121 for example,
16123 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16124 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
16126 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
16127 use.")
16129 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
16130 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
16131 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16132 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16134 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
16135 window system being used. For example,
16137 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
16138 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
16140 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
16141 otherwise.")
16143 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
16144 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
16145 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
16147 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
16148 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
16149 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
16150 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
16151 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
16153 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
16154 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16156 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
16157 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16159 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16160 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
16161 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
16162 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
16163 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
16164 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
16165 says which mode to use." t nil)
16167 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
16169 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
16171 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
16173 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16174 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
16175 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16176 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16177 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16179 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
16180 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
16181 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16182 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16183 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16184 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16185 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16187 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16188 mismatched $'s or braces.
16190 Special commands:
16191 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
16193 Mode variables:
16194 tex-run-command
16195 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16196 tex-directory
16197 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
16198 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16199 tex-dvi-print-command
16200 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16201 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16202 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16203 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16204 tex-dvi-view-command
16205 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16206 tex-show-queue-command
16207 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16208 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16210 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16211 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
16212 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16214 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16215 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
16216 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16217 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16218 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16220 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
16221 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
16222 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16223 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16224 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16225 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16226 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16228 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16229 mismatched $'s or braces.
16231 Special commands:
16232 \\{latex-mode-map}
16234 Mode variables:
16235 latex-run-command
16236 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16237 tex-directory
16238 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
16239 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16240 tex-dvi-print-command
16241 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16242 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16243 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16244 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16245 tex-dvi-view-command
16246 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16247 tex-show-queue-command
16248 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16249 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16251 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
16252 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
16253 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16255 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16256 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
16257 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16258 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16259 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16261 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
16262 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
16263 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16264 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16265 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16266 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16267 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16269 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16270 mismatched $'s or braces.
16272 Special commands:
16273 \\{slitex-mode-map}
16275 Mode variables:
16276 slitex-run-command
16277 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16278 tex-directory
16279 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
16280 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16281 tex-dvi-print-command
16282 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16283 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16284 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16285 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16286 tex-dvi-view-command
16287 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16288 tex-show-queue-command
16289 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16290 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16292 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16293 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
16294 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
16295 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16297 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
16299 ;;;***
16301 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
16302 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15611 31361))
16303 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
16305 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
16306 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
16307 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16308 name specified in the @setfilename command.
16310 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
16311 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
16312 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
16314 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
16315 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
16316 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
16317 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
16318 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
16320 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
16321 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
16322 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16323 names specified in the @setfilename command.
16325 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
16326 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
16327 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
16328 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
16330 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
16331 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
16333 ;;;***
16335 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
16336 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15611 31361))
16337 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
16339 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
16340 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16342 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
16343 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16345 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
16346 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
16348 It has these extra commands:
16349 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
16351 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
16352 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
16353 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
16354 modified version of TeX input format.
16356 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
16357 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
16358 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
16359 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
16361 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
16362 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
16363 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
16364 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
16365 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
16366 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
16367 in the Texinfo file.
16369 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
16370 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
16371 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
16372 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
16373 move forward past the closing brace.
16375 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
16376 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
16378 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
16379 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
16380 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
16382 Here are the functions:
16384 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
16385 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
16386 texinfo-sequential-node-update
16388 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
16389 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
16390 texinfo-master-menu
16392 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
16394 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
16395 which menu descriptions are indented.
16397 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
16398 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
16399 in the region.
16401 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
16402 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
16403 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
16404 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
16406 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
16407 be the first node in the file.
16410 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
16411 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
16413 ;;;***
16415 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
16416 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
16417 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15611 31356))
16418 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
16420 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
16421 Compose Thai characters in the region.
16422 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16423 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
16425 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
16426 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
16428 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
16429 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
16431 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
16433 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
16434 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
16435 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16436 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16437 to compose.
16439 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
16441 ;;;***
16443 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
16444 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
16445 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15186 41419))
16446 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
16448 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
16449 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
16451 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16452 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
16453 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16454 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16455 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16457 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16458 a symbol as a valid THING.
16460 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
16461 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
16463 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16464 Return the THING at point.
16465 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16466 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16467 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16469 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16470 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
16472 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16474 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16476 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16478 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16480 ;;;***
16482 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
16483 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
16484 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
16485 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
16486 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15611
16487 ;;;;;; 31356))
16488 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
16490 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
16491 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
16492 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
16494 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
16495 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
16497 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
16498 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
16499 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
16501 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16502 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
16504 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16505 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
16507 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16508 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
16509 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
16510 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
16512 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16513 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
16514 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
16515 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
16517 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16519 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16520 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
16521 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
16523 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16524 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
16525 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
16527 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16529 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16531 ;;;***
16533 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
16534 ;;;;;; (15611 31361))
16535 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
16537 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
16538 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
16539 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16540 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16541 parameters.
16542 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16544 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
16545 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
16546 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16547 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16548 parameters.
16549 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16551 ;;;***
16553 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
16554 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15611 31352))
16555 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
16557 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
16558 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
16560 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
16561 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16562 This display updates automatically every minute.
16563 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16564 are displayed as well.
16565 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16567 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
16568 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
16569 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16570 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16571 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
16573 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16575 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
16577 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
16578 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16579 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
16581 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
16582 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16583 are displayed as well.
16584 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16586 ;;;***
16588 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
16589 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
16590 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
16592 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16593 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
16595 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16596 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
16597 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
16599 ;;;***
16601 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
16602 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15611 31352))
16603 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
16605 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
16606 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
16607 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
16608 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
16609 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
16610 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
16611 look like one of the following:
16612 Time-stamp: <>
16613 Time-stamp: \" \"
16614 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
16615 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
16616 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
16617 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
16618 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
16619 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
16620 template." t nil)
16622 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
16623 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
16624 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16626 ;;;***
16628 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
16629 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
16630 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
16631 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
16632 ;;;;;; (15735 20645))
16633 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
16635 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
16636 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
16637 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
16638 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
16639 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
16640 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
16641 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
16642 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
16644 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
16645 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16646 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
16647 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
16648 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
16649 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
16650 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
16651 this function is called within a day.
16653 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
16654 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
16655 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
16656 discover the name of the project." t nil)
16658 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
16659 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16660 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
16661 begun during the last time segment.
16663 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
16664 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
16665 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
16666 discover the reason." t nil)
16668 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
16669 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
16671 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
16672 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
16673 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
16674 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
16675 project you were working on." t nil)
16677 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
16678 Ask the user before clocking out.
16679 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
16681 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
16682 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
16683 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
16685 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
16686 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
16687 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
16688 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
16689 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
16690 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
16692 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
16693 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
16694 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
16695 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
16697 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
16698 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
16699 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
16700 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
16701 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
16702 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
16703 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
16704 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
16705 non-nil." t nil)
16707 ;;;***
16709 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
16710 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
16711 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15735 20644))
16712 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
16714 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
16716 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
16717 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
16719 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
16720 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
16722 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
16723 Perform an action at time TIME.
16724 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16725 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
16726 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
16727 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
16728 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
16729 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16731 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16733 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
16734 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
16735 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16736 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
16737 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16739 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16741 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
16742 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
16743 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
16744 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
16746 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
16747 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
16748 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16749 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
16751 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
16752 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
16754 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16755 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
16757 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
16758 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
16759 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
16760 The call should look like:
16761 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
16762 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
16763 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
16764 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
16765 be detected." nil (quote macro))
16767 ;;;***
16769 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
16770 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15611 31356))
16771 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
16773 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16774 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
16775 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
16776 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
16778 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16779 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
16780 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
16781 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
16782 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
16783 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
16784 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
16786 ;;;***
16788 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
16789 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15611 31352))
16790 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
16791 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
16792 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
16793 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
16795 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
16796 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16797 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
16798 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
16799 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
16801 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
16802 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16803 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
16804 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
16805 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
16807 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
16808 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
16809 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
16810 in the menu in two ways:
16811 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
16812 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
16813 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
16815 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
16816 keymap or an alist of alists.
16817 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
16818 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
16820 ;;;***
16822 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
16823 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
16824 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15611 31353))
16825 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
16827 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
16828 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
16830 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
16831 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
16833 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
16834 Insert new TODO list entry.
16835 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
16836 category." t nil)
16838 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
16839 List top priorities for each category.
16841 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
16842 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
16844 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
16845 between each category." t nil)
16847 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
16848 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
16849 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
16850 between each category.
16852 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
16854 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
16855 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
16857 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
16859 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
16860 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
16862 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
16863 Show TODO list." t nil)
16865 ;;;***
16867 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
16868 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15611 31361))
16869 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
16871 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
16872 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
16873 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16874 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16875 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
16877 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16879 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
16881 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
16882 Toggle use of the tool bar.
16883 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
16885 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
16886 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
16888 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
16889 Add an item to the tool bar.
16890 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
16891 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
16892 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
16893 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
16895 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
16896 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
16897 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
16899 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16900 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16901 function." nil nil)
16903 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
16904 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
16905 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
16906 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
16907 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
16908 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
16909 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
16911 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16912 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16913 function." nil nil)
16915 ;;;***
16917 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
16918 ;;;;;; (15611 31352))
16919 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
16921 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
16922 Mode for tooltip display.
16923 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
16925 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
16926 Toggle tooltip-mode.
16927 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16928 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
16930 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16932 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
16934 ;;;***
16936 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15611
16937 ;;;;;; 31353))
16938 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
16940 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16942 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16944 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
16945 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
16947 ;;;***
16949 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
16950 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15187 6159))
16951 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
16953 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
16954 Set scroll margins." t nil)
16956 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
16957 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
16959 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
16960 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
16962 ;;;***
16964 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15611 31353))
16965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
16967 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
16968 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
16969 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
16970 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
16971 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
16973 ;;;***
16975 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
16976 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
16977 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
16979 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
16980 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
16982 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
16983 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
16984 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16985 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16986 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16987 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
16988 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
16989 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
16991 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
16992 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
16993 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16994 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16995 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16996 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
16997 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
16999 ;;;***
17001 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
17002 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15611 31361))
17003 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
17004 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
17005 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
17006 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
17008 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
17009 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
17010 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
17011 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
17012 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
17013 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
17014 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
17016 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
17017 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
17018 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
17019 accepting the proposed default buffer.
17021 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17023 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
17024 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
17025 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
17026 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
17027 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
17028 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
17029 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
17031 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
17032 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
17034 First column's text sSs Second column's text
17035 \\___/\\
17036 / \\
17037 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
17039 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17041 ;;;***
17043 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
17044 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
17045 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
17046 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342))
17047 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
17049 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
17050 Toggle typing break mode.
17051 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
17052 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17053 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
17055 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17057 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
17059 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
17060 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
17062 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
17063 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
17065 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
17066 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
17067 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
17069 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
17070 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
17072 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
17073 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
17074 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
17076 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
17077 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
17078 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
17079 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
17080 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
17081 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
17083 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
17084 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
17085 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
17086 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
17088 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
17089 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
17091 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
17092 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
17094 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
17095 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
17096 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
17098 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
17099 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
17100 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
17101 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
17102 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
17103 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
17104 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
17106 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
17107 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
17109 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
17110 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
17111 reset the keystroke counter.
17113 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
17114 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
17115 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
17116 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
17118 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
17119 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
17120 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
17121 `type-break-schedule' command.
17123 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
17124 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
17125 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
17126 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
17127 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
17128 or not to continue.
17130 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
17131 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
17132 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
17133 approximate good values for this.
17135 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
17136 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
17138 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
17139 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
17140 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
17141 `type-break-warning-repeat'
17142 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
17143 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
17145 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
17146 a typing break occur. They include:
17148 `type-break-query-mode'
17149 `type-break-query-function'
17150 `type-break-query-interval'
17152 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
17154 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
17155 Take a typing break.
17157 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
17158 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
17160 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
17161 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
17163 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
17164 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
17165 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
17166 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
17168 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
17169 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
17171 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
17172 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
17173 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
17174 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
17175 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
17176 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
17177 average typing speed.)
17179 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
17180 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
17181 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
17182 the computed maximum threshold.
17184 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
17185 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
17186 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
17187 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
17188 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
17190 ;;;***
17192 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
17193 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15186 41426))
17194 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
17196 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
17197 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
17198 Works by overstriking underscores.
17199 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17200 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17202 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
17203 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
17204 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17205 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17207 ;;;***
17209 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
17210 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15870 868))
17211 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
17213 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
17214 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
17215 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
17217 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
17218 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
17219 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
17220 following the containing message." t nil)
17222 ;;;***
17224 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
17225 ;;;;;; (15215 36988))
17226 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
17228 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
17229 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
17230 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
17231 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
17232 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
17233 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
17235 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
17236 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
17238 ;;;***
17240 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
17241 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
17242 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
17244 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
17245 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
17246 This function has a choice of three things to do:
17247 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
17248 to refrain from editing the file
17249 return t (grab the lock on the file)
17250 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
17251 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
17252 in any way you like." nil nil)
17254 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
17255 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
17256 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
17257 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
17258 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
17260 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
17261 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
17263 ;;;***
17265 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
17266 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15186 41421))
17267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
17269 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
17270 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
17271 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
17272 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
17274 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
17275 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
17276 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
17278 ;;;***
17280 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
17281 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer
17282 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory
17283 ;;;;;; vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
17284 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
17285 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
17286 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (15915 55170))
17287 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
17289 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
17290 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
17291 See `run-hooks'.")
17293 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
17294 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
17295 See `run-hooks'.")
17297 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
17298 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
17299 See `run-hooks'.")
17301 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
17302 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
17303 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
17304 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
17305 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
17306 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
17308 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
17309 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
17310 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
17311 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
17312 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
17314 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
17315 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
17316 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
17317 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
17318 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
17319 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
17320 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
17321 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
17322 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
17323 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
17324 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
17326 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
17327 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
17329 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
17330 it will operate on the file in the current line.
17332 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
17333 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
17334 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
17335 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
17336 lock steals will raise an error.
17338 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
17340 For RCS and SCCS files:
17341 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17342 control.
17343 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
17344 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
17345 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
17346 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
17347 it performs a revert.
17348 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
17349 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
17350 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
17351 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
17352 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
17353 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
17354 the option to steal the lock.
17356 For CVS files:
17357 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17358 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
17359 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
17360 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
17361 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
17362 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
17363 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
17364 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
17365 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
17367 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
17368 Register the current file into a version control system.
17369 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
17370 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
17372 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
17373 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
17374 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
17375 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
17376 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
17377 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
17379 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
17380 Display diffs between file versions.
17381 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
17382 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
17383 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
17384 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
17385 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
17386 saving the buffer." t nil)
17388 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
17389 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
17390 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
17391 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
17393 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
17394 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
17395 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
17396 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
17398 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
17399 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
17400 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
17401 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
17402 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
17403 from the current branch.
17405 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
17407 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
17408 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
17409 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
17411 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
17412 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
17414 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
17416 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
17417 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
17419 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
17420 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
17421 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
17422 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
17423 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
17424 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
17426 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
17427 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
17428 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
17429 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
17430 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
17431 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
17433 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
17434 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
17436 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
17437 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
17438 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
17439 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
17440 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
17442 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
17443 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
17444 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
17446 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
17447 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
17448 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
17449 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
17450 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
17451 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
17452 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
17454 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
17455 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
17456 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
17457 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
17458 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
17459 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
17460 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
17461 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
17462 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
17464 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
17465 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
17467 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
17468 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
17469 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
17470 directory.
17472 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
17474 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
17475 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
17476 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
17478 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
17479 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
17481 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
17482 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
17484 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
17485 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
17486 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
17487 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
17488 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
17489 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
17491 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
17492 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
17493 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
17494 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
17495 you are prompted for a stretch factor for the time scale. This makes
17496 the color range cover a time span longer or shorter than the default
17497 of one year. For example, a factor of 0.1 means that the range from
17498 red to blue stands for the past 36 days only, and everything that is
17499 older than that is shown in blue.
17501 Customization variables:
17503 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
17504 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
17505 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
17506 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
17508 ;;;***
17510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15915 55170))
17511 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
17512 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
17513 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
17514 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
17515 (require 'vc-cvs)
17516 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
17518 ;;;***
17520 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
17521 ;;;;;; (15915 55170))
17522 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
17524 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
17525 *Where to look for RCS master files.
17526 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17528 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
17530 ;;;***
17532 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
17533 ;;;;;; (15915 55170))
17534 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
17536 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
17537 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
17538 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17540 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
17542 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
17543 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
17544 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
17545 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
17547 ;;;***
17549 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
17550 ;;;;;; (15972 47137))
17551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
17553 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
17554 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
17556 Usage:
17557 ------
17559 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
17560 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
17561 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
17562 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
17563 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
17564 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
17565 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
17566 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
17567 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
17568 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
17569 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17570 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
17571 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
17572 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
17573 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
17574 The following abbreviations can also be used:
17575 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
17576 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
17577 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17579 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
17580 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
17581 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
17583 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
17584 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
17585 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
17586 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
17587 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
17588 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
17589 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
17590 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
17591 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
17593 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
17594 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
17595 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
17596 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
17597 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
17598 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
17599 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
17600 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
17602 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
17603 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
17604 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
17606 - COMMENTS:
17607 `--' puts a single comment.
17608 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
17609 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
17610 comment in between.
17611 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
17612 following lines.
17613 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
17614 uncomments a region if already commented out.
17616 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
17617 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
17618 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
17619 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
17620 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
17621 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
17622 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
17623 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
17624 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
17625 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
17626 multi-line comments.
17628 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
17629 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
17630 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
17631 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
17632 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
17633 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
17634 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
17635 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
17636 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
17638 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
17639 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
17640 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
17641 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
17642 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
17643 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
17644 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
17645 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
17646 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
17647 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
17649 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
17650 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
17651 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
17652 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
17653 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
17654 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
17655 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
17656 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
17657 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
17658 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
17659 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
17660 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
17661 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
17663 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
17665 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
17666 menu).
17668 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
17670 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
17671 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
17672 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
17673 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
17674 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
17676 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
17677 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
17678 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
17679 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
17680 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
17681 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
17682 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
17683 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
17684 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
17686 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
17687 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
17688 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
17689 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
17690 specified.
17692 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
17693 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
17694 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
17695 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
17696 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
17697 the current directory for VHDL source files.
17699 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
17700 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
17701 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
17702 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
17703 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
17704 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
17705 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
17706 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
17707 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
17708 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
17709 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
17711 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
17712 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
17713 Math Packages.
17715 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
17716 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
17717 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
17718 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
17719 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
17720 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
17721 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
17722 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
17724 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
17725 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
17726 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
17727 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
17728 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
17729 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
17731 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
17732 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
17733 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
17734 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
17735 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
17737 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
17738 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
17739 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
17740 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
17741 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
17743 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
17744 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
17745 highlighted if written in lower case.
17747 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
17748 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
17749 is non-nil.
17751 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
17752 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
17753 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
17755 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
17756 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
17757 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
17759 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
17760 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
17761 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
17763 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
17764 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
17765 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
17766 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
17767 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
17768 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
17769 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
17771 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
17772 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
17773 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
17774 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
17775 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
17777 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
17778 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
17779 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
17780 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
17782 - HINTS:
17783 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
17786 Maintenance:
17787 ------------
17789 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
17790 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
17792 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17794 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
17795 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
17796 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
17797 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17799 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
17800 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
17801 version and release notes can be found.
17804 Bugs and Limitations:
17805 ---------------------
17807 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
17808 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
17809 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
17810 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
17811 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
17812 does not work under XEmacs.
17815 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
17816 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
17818 Key bindings:
17819 -------------
17821 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
17823 ;;;***
17825 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15187 6159))
17826 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
17828 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
17829 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
17830 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
17831 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
17833 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
17834 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
17835 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
17836 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
17837 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
17839 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
17840 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
17842 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
17844 * Limitations and unsupported features
17845 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
17846 not supported.
17847 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
17848 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
17850 * Modifications
17851 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
17852 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
17853 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
17854 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
17855 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
17856 for undoing a repeated change command.
17857 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
17858 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
17859 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
17861 * Extensions
17862 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
17863 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
17864 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
17865 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
17866 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
17867 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
17868 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
17869 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
17871 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
17873 ;;;***
17875 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
17876 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
17877 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
17878 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15611 31356))
17879 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
17881 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
17882 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
17884 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17885 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
17886 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17887 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17889 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17890 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
17892 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17893 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
17894 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17895 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17897 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17898 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
17900 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17902 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17904 ;;;***
17906 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
17907 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
17908 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15611
17909 ;;;;;; 31352))
17910 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
17912 (defvar view-mode nil "\
17913 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
17914 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
17915 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
17917 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
17919 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
17920 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17921 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17922 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17923 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17924 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17925 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17927 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17929 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
17930 View FILE in View mode in another window.
17931 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
17932 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17933 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17934 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17935 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17936 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17938 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17940 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
17941 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
17942 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
17943 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17944 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17945 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17946 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17947 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17949 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17951 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
17952 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17953 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17954 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17955 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17956 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17957 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17959 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17961 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17962 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17963 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17965 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
17966 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
17967 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17968 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17969 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17970 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17971 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17972 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17974 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17976 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17977 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17978 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17980 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
17981 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
17982 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17983 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17984 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17985 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17986 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17987 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17989 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17991 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17992 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17993 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17995 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
17996 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
17997 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
17999 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
18000 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
18001 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
18002 read-only.
18003 \\<view-mode-map>
18004 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
18005 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
18006 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
18007 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
18008 commands default to a repeat count of one.
18010 H, h, ? This message.
18011 Digits provide prefix arguments.
18012 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
18013 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
18014 > move to the end of buffer.
18015 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
18016 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
18017 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
18018 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
18019 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
18020 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18021 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18022 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18023 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
18024 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18025 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
18026 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
18027 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
18028 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
18029 Use this to view a changing file.
18030 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
18031 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
18032 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
18033 . set the mark.
18034 x exchanges point and mark.
18035 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
18036 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
18037 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
18038 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
18039 ' go to position saved in character register.
18040 s do forward incremental search.
18041 r do reverse incremental search.
18042 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
18043 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
18044 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
18045 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
18046 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
18047 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
18048 p searches backward for last regular expression.
18049 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
18050 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
18051 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
18052 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
18053 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
18054 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
18055 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
18056 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
18058 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
18059 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
18060 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
18061 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
18062 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
18063 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
18064 will return to that buffer.
18066 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18068 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
18069 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
18070 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
18071 `view-return-to-alist'.
18072 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
18073 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
18074 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
18076 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
18077 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
18078 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
18079 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
18080 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
18081 1) nil Do nothing.
18082 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
18083 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
18084 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
18085 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
18087 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18089 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
18091 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
18092 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
18094 ;;;***
18096 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15187 6159))
18097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
18099 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
18100 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
18102 ;;;***
18104 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
18105 ;;;;;; (15611 31354))
18106 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
18108 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
18109 Toggle Viper on/off.
18110 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
18112 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
18113 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
18115 ;;;***
18117 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15611 31357))
18118 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
18120 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
18121 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
18123 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
18124 hotlist.
18126 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
18127 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
18129 ;;;***
18131 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
18132 ;;;;;; (15611 31352))
18133 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
18135 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
18137 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
18138 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
18139 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18141 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
18143 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18145 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
18147 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
18148 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
18149 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
18150 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
18152 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
18153 and off otherwise." t nil)
18155 ;;;***
18157 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
18158 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
18159 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
18160 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
18161 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
18162 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15611 31352))
18163 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
18165 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
18166 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
18168 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
18169 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
18171 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
18172 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
18174 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
18175 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
18177 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
18178 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
18180 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
18181 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
18182 These are:
18183 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18184 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18185 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
18186 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18187 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18189 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
18190 and:
18191 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
18192 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
18194 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
18195 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
18197 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
18198 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
18200 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
18201 whitespace problems." t nil)
18203 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
18204 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
18206 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
18207 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
18209 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18210 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
18211 \(which see).")
18213 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18215 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
18217 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
18218 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
18219 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
18221 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
18222 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
18224 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
18225 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
18226 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
18228 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
18229 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
18231 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
18232 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
18234 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18235 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18236 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
18237 replaced with TABS).
18238 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18239 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18241 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
18243 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
18244 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
18246 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
18247 i - Indentation whitespace.
18248 l - Leading whitespace.
18249 s - Space followed by Tab.
18250 t - Trailing whitespace.
18252 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
18253 !<y>.
18255 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
18256 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
18257 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
18258 always they default to 8.)
18260 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
18261 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
18262 even print it.
18264 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
18265 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
18266 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
18267 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
18268 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
18269 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
18270 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
18271 to set smarttab.)
18273 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
18274 merge problems.
18276 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
18277 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
18278 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
18280 ;;;***
18282 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
18283 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15611 31352))
18284 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
18286 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
18287 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
18289 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
18290 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
18292 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
18293 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
18295 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
18296 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
18297 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18299 ;;;***
18301 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
18302 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15797 2280))
18303 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
18305 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
18306 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
18307 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
18309 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
18310 Create widget of TYPE.
18311 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
18313 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
18314 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
18316 ;;;***
18318 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
18319 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15611
18320 ;;;;;; 31352))
18321 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
18323 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
18324 Select the window to the left of the current one.
18325 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18326 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
18327 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
18328 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18329 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18331 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
18332 Select the window above the current one.
18333 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
18334 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
18335 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
18336 negative ARG) of the current window.
18337 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18339 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
18340 Select the window to the right of the current one.
18341 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18342 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
18343 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
18344 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
18345 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18347 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
18348 Select the window below the current one.
18349 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18350 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
18351 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
18352 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18353 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18355 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
18356 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
18358 ;;;***
18360 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
18361 ;;;;;; (15611 31352))
18362 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
18364 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
18365 Toggle winner-mode.
18366 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18367 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
18369 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18371 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
18373 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
18374 Toggle Winner mode.
18375 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18377 ;;;***
18379 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
18380 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15611 31352))
18381 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
18383 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
18384 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
18385 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
18386 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
18387 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
18388 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
18389 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
18390 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
18392 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
18393 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
18395 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
18396 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
18398 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
18399 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
18400 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
18401 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
18402 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
18403 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
18404 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
18405 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
18407 ;;;***
18409 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
18410 ;;;;;; (15611 31354))
18411 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
18413 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
18414 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
18416 BUGS:
18417 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
18418 are not implemented
18419 - Options for search and replace
18420 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
18421 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
18423 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
18424 Emacs-like.
18426 The key bindings are:
18428 C-a backward-word
18429 C-b fill-paragraph
18430 C-c scroll-up-line
18431 C-d forward-char
18432 C-e previous-line
18433 C-f forward-word
18434 C-g delete-char
18435 C-h backward-char
18436 C-i indent-for-tab-command
18437 C-j help-for-help
18438 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
18439 C-l ws-repeat-search
18440 C-n open-line
18441 C-p quoted-insert
18442 C-r scroll-down-line
18443 C-s backward-char
18444 C-t kill-word
18445 C-u keyboard-quit
18446 C-v overwrite-mode
18447 C-w scroll-down
18448 C-x next-line
18449 C-y kill-complete-line
18450 C-z scroll-up
18452 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
18453 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
18454 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
18455 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
18456 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
18457 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
18458 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
18459 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
18460 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
18461 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
18462 C-k b ws-begin-block
18463 C-k c ws-copy-block
18464 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
18465 C-k f find-file
18466 C-k h ws-show-markers
18467 C-k i ws-indent-block
18468 C-k k ws-end-block
18469 C-k p ws-print-block
18470 C-k q kill-emacs
18471 C-k r insert-file
18472 C-k s save-some-buffers
18473 C-k t ws-mark-word
18474 C-k u ws-exdent-block
18475 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
18476 C-k v ws-move-block
18477 C-k w ws-write-block
18478 C-k x kill-emacs
18479 C-k y ws-delete-block
18481 C-o c wordstar-center-line
18482 C-o b switch-to-buffer
18483 C-o j justify-current-line
18484 C-o k kill-buffer
18485 C-o l list-buffers
18486 C-o m auto-fill-mode
18487 C-o r set-fill-column
18488 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
18489 C-o wd delete-other-windows
18490 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
18491 C-o wo other-window
18492 C-o wv split-window-vertically
18494 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
18495 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
18496 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
18497 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
18498 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
18499 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
18500 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
18501 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
18502 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
18503 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
18504 C-q a ws-query-replace
18505 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
18506 C-q c end-of-buffer
18507 C-q d end-of-line
18508 C-q f ws-search
18509 C-q k ws-to-block-end
18510 C-q l ws-undo
18511 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
18512 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
18513 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
18514 C-q w ws-last-error
18515 C-q y ws-kill-eol
18516 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
18517 " t nil)
18519 ;;;***
18521 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15611
18522 ;;;;;; 31352))
18523 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
18525 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
18526 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
18527 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
18529 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
18531 ;;;***
18533 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
18534 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15611 31357))
18535 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
18537 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
18538 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
18540 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
18541 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
18543 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
18544 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
18545 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
18547 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
18548 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
18550 ;;;***
18552 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15611 31357))
18553 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
18555 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
18556 Zone out, completely." t nil)
18558 ;;;***
18560 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
18561 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15611 31357))
18562 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
18564 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
18565 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
18567 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
18568 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
18570 Zone-mode does two things:
18572 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
18573 when saving the file
18575 - fontification" t nil)
18577 ;;;***
18579 ;;; Local Variables:
18580 ;;; version-control: never
18581 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
18582 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
18583 ;;; End:
18584 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here